This is only a preview of the April 2009 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 33 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Multi-Function Remote-Controlled Lamp Dimmer":
Items relevant to "USB Printer Share Switch":
Articles in this series:
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
Intelligent
Multi-Function
Light Dimmer
Can be used with any
universal remote control
APRIL 2009
ISSN 1030-2662
1030-2662
ISSN
11
04
771030 266001
266001
99 771030
PRINT POST APPROVED
- PP255003/01272
8
$ 95* NZ $ 11 00
INC GST
INC GST
PLUS:
School Zone
Time Warning
Microcurrent
Meter Adaptor
Sharing A USB
Printer Between
Two PCs
FRE
E!
2009
Wireless Networking
JAYC
In
Ubuntu
&
Puppy
Linux
CATA A
siliconchip.com.au
A R
2009 1
LOG
pril
Our 2009 Full Colour
Catalogue has NOW arrived!
This is our BIGGEST and BEST catalogue ever!
PROFESSIONAL H.264
DVR WITH VGA & DVD RECORDER
It is full of great new products and
some old favourites. And best of all,
it's still only $3.95 at Jaycar stores or
stockists.
Want a FREE copy?
With every order of $30 or more
placed via our Techstore website,
we will include a free copy of our
bumper catalogue. You will need
to ask though as we don't want to
use up valuable resources if you
already have one.
Over 450
Pages
45 WATT SOLAR
LIGHTING /POWER KIT
Just add a battery and you have a complete solar-powered
lighting or power setup. With 45 watts output, it's enough to run auxiliary lights on
a farm shed or holiday house. A variety of output options including a 5V USB
port and a 12V cigarette lighter socket. Panels, mounting hardware, lights,
cable, junction box and charge controller included.
$
Also available:
16 Ch Professional H264 DVR with 1TB HDD
Cat. QV-3045 $2499
1999
Cat: QV-3044
2.4GHZ 3 CHANNEL
RC CAR REMOTE
• Power output: 15 watts per panel
• Nominal voltage output: 14.5VDC
• Outputs: 3V, 6V, 9V, 12V, 5V USB
• Panel dimensions: 925(L) x 315(W) x 22(D)mm
Never worry about having the right crystal again. You
can save all of your models and setups in one
transmitter, and recall them with a couple of button
pushes. Each model memory has fully programmable
features such as throttle and steering curves, ABS,
traction control, steering limits and much, much more.
Available as a transmitter and receiver system that
includes: 2.4GHz transmitter, receiver and servo battery
holder.
Recommended battery: 15 - 45Ah
$
State of the art in digital video surveillance. Using the Techwell H.264 chipset
and compression algorithm, a real-time operating system and combining the most
advanced technology, such as video and audio encoding/decoding, hard disk
recording and multi-stream networking. These have the features of both a DVR and
a digital video server and you can store or archive to DVD/CD or external USB
mass storage device. They can be used stand-alone or to build a powerful
surveillance network. Suitable for banks, telecommunication, transportation,
factories, warehouse etc.
• 8 Channel • 500GB HDD • Multiple main monitor outputs
• External alarm input for each channel • 19" rack-mount chassis
• Power supply: 12VDC • Dimensions: 440(W) x 390(D) x 70(H)mm
• Built in DVD recorder supports DVD+/-R, DVD+/-RW, CD-R, CD-RW
549
Cat: MP-4554
WIRELESS NETWORKING
ANTENNAS
Here's a quick and inexpensive way to improve the range at either your base station or
terminal. These antennas are specifically designed for 2.4GHz applications and 802.11
wireless networking is an ideal application. Supplied with a 1.5 metre lead terminated to a
reverse SMA connector.
• Frequency Range: 2.4GHz • Impedance: 50ohm
• Gain: Two models 5dB or 9dB • Radiation: Omni
• Polarisation: Vertical • Length: Two models 195mm or 400mm
• 2.4GHz Dipole Networking Antenna 5dB also available AR-3273 $19.95
$
39 95
Additional 2.4GHz
3 channel receivers are
available separately (Cat DC-1502).
$
199
Cat: DC-1500
CHINOOK REMOTE
CONTROLLED CHOPPER
Durable Boeing CH-47 Chinook IR chopper to take all the knocks of flying
around the lounge room. Twin dual rotors for stable flight and easy-to-use 3channel controller with up/down, left/right turn controls.
A mains charger is also supplied.
Cat: AR-3279
USB CASSETTE DECK WITH
BUILT-IN 5 WATT SPEAKER
Record cassette tracks to your computer via
USB or play back through the built-in 5W
speaker. You can also run the line level outputs
to an external amplifier and use it as a
component cassette deck.
• Dimensions: 162(W) x 135(H) x 142(D)mm
$
79 95
Cat: GE-4052
• Adjustable trim controls
• Recharges in about
20 minutes for
8 minutes of flight time
• Remote unit requires
4 x AA batteries
• Size: 210(L) x 130(W) x 165(H)mm
• Recommended for ages 8+
$
69 95
Cat: GT-3259
Prices valid Until 30th April 2009
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.22, No.4; April 2009
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Features
11 Digital Radio Is Coming, Pt.3
This month, we look at how program and data information is multiplexed within
the transmission – by Alan Hughes
14 Wireless Networking With Ubuntu & Puppy Linux
Wireless networking in Linux is easy. Here’s how to do it for Ubuntu and
Puppy Linux. We also tell you how to lock down a wireless network, to stop
freeloaders from stealing your bandwidth – by Greg Swain
Wireless Networking In Ubuntu
& Puppy Linux– Page 14.
76 Review: Tektronix MSO2024 Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
It’s suitable for a wide range of applications & features four analog and 16
digital inputs, a 1Gs/s sampling rate & a 200MHz bandwidth – by Mauro Grassi
85 Half-Duplex With HopeRF’s HM-TR UHF Transceivers
Using a PICAXE to drive HopeRF’s HM-TR 433MHz programmable data
transceivers works really well – by Stan Swan
Pro jects To Build
22 Multi-Function Remote-Controlled Lamp Dimmer
Multi-Function RemoteControlled Dimmer – Page 22.
A dimmer is just a dimmer, right? This little beauty will change your mind. It
has five modes of operation and can be controlled using virtually any universal
remote – by Mauro Grassi
36 School Zone Speed Alert
Protect your driver’s licence and your wallet with this project. It flashes a
warning LED during the 40km/h school speed zone times – by Jim Rowe
42 USB Printer Share Switch
Easy-to-build project lets you switch a USB printer or some other USB device
between two PCs – by Jim Rowe & Greg Swain
School Zone
Speed Alert – Page 36.
58 Build A Microcurrent DMM Adaptor
Your digital multimeter can not make accurate current measurements in lowvoltage circuits. This low-cost precision current adaptor solves that problem –
by David L. Jones
Special Columns
53 Serviceman’s Log
Is it worth fixing an older plasma set? – by the Serviceman
66 Circuit Notebook
(1) Automated Water Tank Filler; (2) Modified Flexitimer; (3) RS232C To
Current Loop Converter; (4) Simple Counter Uses A Crystal Clock As A
Readout; (5) High-Side Current Monitor; (6) Electronic Kaleidoscope
80 Vintage Radio
The Airzone 520/550 5-valve mantel receiver – by Rodney Champness
USB Printer Share
Switch – Page 42.
Build A
Microcurrent
DMM Adaptor
– Page 58.
Departments
2 Publisher’s Letter
4 Mailbag
30 Order Form
siliconchip.com.au
88 Ask Silicon Chip
91 Notes & Errata
94 Market Centre
April
pril 2009 1
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc. (Hons.)
Technical Editor
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the order form in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Publisher’s Letter
Everyday solvents
can be dangerous
From time to time we all use solvents to clean
electronic equipment. Maybe it is a case of just cleaning smudges and fingerprints off your computer’s
monitor. Possibly you need to clean solder flux off a
freshly-assembled PC board or you need to degrease
a metal chassis before it is painted. What solvent you
use depends on the job and whether any residue can
be tolerated.
Is it toxic? Is it inflammable? Can it be used safely
without gloves or eye protection? Have you thought about this as you use solvents
in your everyday work? If not, you really should. This topic was brought into sharp
focus just the other week when our office photocopier had its annual contract
service. This is a routine job which rolls around with monotonous regularity. We
don’t think about it; the technician arrives, does the job, presents the service form
to be signed and that is the end of it.
But on this occasion, within five minutes of the technician arriving, my eyes
started to sting and I noticed that I had a headache. I asked the technician if he was
using a solvent. The answer was yes. What is it? He didn’t know. When pressed, he
said that it was simply Solvent B1? What is in it? Again, there was a blank. Then
Ann Morris, our office manager reported that she too had stinging eyes as well as
a sore throat. Clearly, there was a problem with this solvent.
Anyway, to cut to the chase, solvent B1 turned out to be quite toxic. It is also
known as Sierra Lite. I downloaded two documents:
http://www.sierrachem.com.au/MSDS_Solvent_B1.doc
http://www.totalchemicals.com.au/MSDS/0811_B1_Solvent_MSDS_Total_Chemicals.pdf
Reading these should make your hair stand on end! This is a highly toxic solvent
and classified as a dangerous chemical (Hazchem code 3Y; Poisons schedule 5). It
should only be used with safety goggles, suitable breathing apparatus and gloves!
Our service technician had been using it with no protection – just tip a bit on a rag
and wipe over the photocopier drum and internal parts – no worries. There was
no warning or any information about it on the container.
This stuff is also highly flammable and can be explosive and one must “take
precautions against electricity discharges which may cause fire.” And he was using
it on a photocopier – which uses high electrostatic voltages!
The more I read through these documents, the more alarmed I became. I phoned
the managing director of the service company to find out if he knew about this
solvent B1, which his staff was routinely using. He didn’t have a clue. To be blunt,
the use of this solvent was putting his whole company operation at risk if anyone,
a client or his staff, was injured. There are much safer solvents available for this
job; isopropyl alcohol, for example, although even this is relatively toxic.
One thing it has highlighted for me is that any service person who comes into
our premises, whether to service a printer, photocopier, the air-conditioner or
anything else, will have to advise us about the solvents to be used, any potential
hazards and so on, before they start the job.
I suggest you take the same approach. Do you use methylated spirits or Acetone
(nail polish remover) regularly? What are their hazards? Check them out! What about
paint thinners or floor degreasers? How about the various adhesives you might be
using or perhaps heatsink compound? Some adhesives and heatsink compounds
are very dangerous.
Even domestic cleaning agents can be quite dangerous, particularly if you are
using them in confined spaces, as in a shower recess, for example. Be particularly
careful with agents based on ammonia or bleach (chlorine hazard).
Don’t be like our photocopier service technician. For your own health and welfare
and that of others around you, be fully informed about all the chemicals you use.
It could save your eyesight or even your life!
Leo Simpson
siliconchip.com.au
For all those innovative, unique, interesting, hard to find products
Express Cards
Cat. No.
2405-7
2402-7
2401-7
2403-7
2404-7
2457-7
2408-7
2407-7
Description
Cat 2405
ExpressCard to Serial
ExpressCard to Gigabit LAN
ExpressCard to eSATA – 2 Port
ExpressCard to Firewire (1394A)
ExpressCard to Firewire & USB Combo
PCIe to ExpressCard Adapter
USB to ExpressCard Adapter
ExpressCard into PCMCIA Slot Adapter
Cat 2404
$139
$119
$119
$129
$139
$109
$129
$79
USB Converters
Cat. No.
2729-7
2685-7
2920-7
2929-7
2853-7
2907-7
23025-7
Description
Cat 2685
USB to Parallel – DB25
USB to Parallel - Centronics
USB to Serial (RS232) 1 Port
USB to Serial (RS232) 8 Port
USB to RS422/485 1 Port
USB to RS422/485 4 Port
USB to 5.1 Sound Adapter
Cat 2929
Cat 23025
Price
$59
$35
$59
$459
$249
$560
$45
Network Switches
Cat. No.
11333-7
11334-7
11323-7
11324-7
11435-7
11436-7
11535-7
Description
5 Port 10/100
8 Port 10/100
16 Port 10/100
24 Port 10/100
5 Port Gigabit
8 Port Gigabit
16 Port Gigabit
Price
Cat 11333
Cat 11334
Cat 11323
Cat 11324
$39
$49
$99
$139
$89
$129
$349
Optical Audio Equipment
Cat. No.
23000-7
23001-7
23002-7
23006-7
23005-7
23007-7
Description
3 Port Switch – Toslink
3 Port Switch – Mini Plug
4 Input, 2 Output Switch - Toslink
Toslink to S/PDIF Converter
S/PDIF to Toslink Converter
Optical Extender to 25m
Cat 23000
Cat 23006
Cat 23007
What’s New?
Price
Price
$39
$39
$118
$52
$52
$52
Bluetooth GPS Logger
Perfect for keeping track of your fleet.
The latest addition to the MicroGram GPS range is an all-in-one wonder. This
device can be used as a Bluetooth GPS receiver, for use with mobile phones &
PDAs etc. It will also function as a USB GPS receiver for use with laptops &
mobile PCs. The GPS Logger also has built in memory to store up to 130000
way-points that can be logged either automatically or by press button. The GPS
can also be configured to automatically log when certain speeds or altitudes are
reached. Once plugged in again via USB all the logged GPS data can be downloaded via the included software & displayed on Google Earth, or you can import
the data into your preferred mapping software. Cat. 11587-7 $198.50
Cat 11587
26” LCD TV with Integrated PC
Save space and money with this unique hybrid.
This great new TVISIO hybrid LCD PC allows you to watch TV, play DVDs
and games consoles or work in Windows all with the press of a button.
You can even watch TV while working in Windows with the picture-in-picture
(PIP) function. These are great for use in the home-office, as a point-of-sale
display, as a digital signage solution or as a personal media centre perfect
for the living room or bedroom. Cat. 1410-7 $1699
Cat 1410
USB to VGA for multiple screens
New model allows up to six adapters to be used at once!
Dual head video cards are now in abundance, however if you require more than
two displays it can still be expensive. Thankfully with MicroGram’s new USB to
VGA adapter you can add up to six extra displays, without even opening the
case. (One adapter is required per additional display). Cat. 15179-7 $197
Intel LGA775 Motherboard with ISA slots
Cat 15179
Cat 17115
Need a PC with ISA slots for expensive legacy cards?
Some medical and industrial equipment still relies on old ISA cards to interface
with a PC. As the cost of these interface cards can be thousands of dollars it is
sometimes more cost effective to buy a new PC. MicroGram can supply a
motherboard that has two ISA slots with the latest Intel CPU socket (LGA775).
Cat. 17115-7 $649
Not sure what product you need? Call us today for friendly advice!
1800 625 777
Surprising Solutions
Cordless
Pen
Mouse
Phone Support
50m USB Extender
MicroGram Computers have qualified and friendly technical staff
ready to take your call.
We offer FREE phone support to assist you in the initial setup of any
product purchased from us.
If you would like extended phone support, support for a product that is not in
warranty, or a product that was not purchased from us, we can also assist.
However, these calls will be charged at $30 per 15 minute block.
Cat. 9526-7 $389
Cat. 9287-7 $129
Cat. 11683-7 $99
USB Microscope
USB EPROM Writer
7” Touchscreen
CD Carousel
12v Mini PC
USB Temp Sensor
Silent Barcode Scanner
Cat. 3686-7 $385
Cat. 3655-7 $499
Cat.1171-7 $525
Cat. 6303-7 $289
Cat. 1177-7 $1049
Cat. 17085-7 $169
Cat. 9355-7 $179
MicroGram Computers
Unique IT Solutions
1800 625 777
ask<at>mgram.com.au
www.mgram.com.au
All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 3
SHORE AD/MGRM0409
Voice Activated
Remote Control
ask<at>mgram.com.au
www.mgram.com.au
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to
the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the
right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions
to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
Electric vehicles
I have been thinking about the
Publisher’s Letter in the December
2008 issue of SILICON CHIP, concerning electric vehicles. You may well
be right (“electric vehicles might be
a technological dead-end”), unless
someone comes along with a much
better battery type, possibly involving
super capacitors.
There are two other vehicle types
which use electric drive with an
internal-combustion engine as the
prime source of energy. The first is the
conventionally-powered submarine.
From day one, these vessels have had
an IC engine, a battery and one or more
electric motors. There have been tests
with fuel cells and proposals to use
a Stirling-cycle engine but the above
configuration still dominates after over
100 years.
A primary factor here, of course,
and not present to the same degree
in other vehicle types, is a low noise
level. Hydraulic systems may never
cut it in that regard.
DAB+ clarification
I would like to congratulate you
on Alan Hughes’ fine DAB+ article
in the February edition but a few
items need clarification.
The page 14 chart is erroneous
and it does not clarify the Commercial and National Broadcasters,
namely ABC and SBS. It should be
amended as follows:
City
Sydney
Commercial National Operator
9A 9B
9C
TxA
Melbourne
9A 9B
9C
TxA
Brisbane
9A 9B
9C
TxA
Adelaide
9B
9C
TxA
Perth
9B
9C
TxA
Hobart
Hobart is yet to be finalised.
In Sydney, DAB test transmis-
4 Silicon Chip
The second type is the railway locomotive. There the electric motors run
directly from the generator driven by
an IC engine, assuming the locomotive
is autonomous, meaning it does not
pick up energy from an overhead wire
or a third rail.
Certainly hydraulic transmissions
have been tried but never caught on.
I believe there are two factors at work
here:
(1) All-electric locomotives are, of
course, very common. I cannot think
how there could be an hydraulic
equivalent. If autonomous (as just
defined) hydraulic locomotives were
introduced, there would be very little
equipment commonality, apart from
the prime mover and some control
stuff, with conventional locomotive
types.
(2) Apart from reason 1, railways are
very conservative and reluctant to
embrace new technology, sometimes
ignoring performance and reliability
improvements in deference to the
maintenance headaches which arise,
sions have been broadcast from the
TxA site at Willoughby since 2003
and they are still currently on air.
For a shorter period in Melbourne,
Broadcast Australia was conducting
test transmissions from Mt. Dandenong but these ceased in December
2008.
When services commence with
increased radiated power, broadcasters will have to comply with
ACMA Technical Planning Guidelines (Federal Government) in the
areas of co-channel interference,
adjacent channel interference and
masthead end overload. A strategy
will have to be derived to minimise
this impact.
I look forward to future articles in
your Digital Radio series.
Name supplied but withheld
at writer’s request.
in their perception. Electric traction,
like that of the submarine, has been
around for over 100 years.
John Waller,
Plainfield, CT, USA
Comment: while it is true that dieselhydraulic locomotives were never
popular in North America they have
been successful in other parts of the
world, notably in Europe and Asia.
GPS needs three
satellites for fix
I have just read page 22 of the January 2009 issue where Ross Tester has
explained how GPS works. Towards
the end of the article he states that
“once the signal is received and position determined, it can keep accurate
readings using only one satellite”.
The way this is worded gives the
impression to the reader that a single
satellite is enough to maintain a position fix which is of course nonsense.
It may be enough to keep accurate
time but nothing else useful. If my
understanding of GPS is wrong, then
I’d love to hear the details, explaining
how a single satellite is used obtain
position information.
Ingmar Meins,
Russell, ACT.
Comment: we agree that the statement
is wrong. In any case, once a complete
fix is obtained, there should normally
be plenty of satellites within view, unless the car is driving in an area with
lots of tall buildings or in a forest.
Good tip on Malware
In your January 2009 edition, the
Serviceman dealt with a computer
infected with the Antivirus 2008 mal
ware. While I agree this is a nasty piece
of work, the cure is much simpler than
indicated.
There are a number of anti-spyware
programs that will successfully remove
it with minimal hassle. My favourite
is Spybot Search and Destroy. This
is a free package that can detect and
delete AV2008 in all of its various
siliconchip.com.au
incarnations, as well as most of the
other nasties that lurk on the net for
the unwary.
I am responsible for the “care and
feeding” of four computers used by
our teenage children as well as some
friends and I have yet to find a spyware/malware issue that this excellent
program can’t solve.
Richard Enright,
Moorebank, NSW.
Digital Oscilloscope
Buyers Guide
TDS Series: 40MHz to 500MHz
GDS Series: 25MHz to 200MHz
GPS user operation
not explained
The review of the Navman navigation unit in the January 2009 issue
missed an important point. How do
you enter the address you wish to
go to? The matter of input was not
reviewed and went on about a few
“faults” that to me were insignificant.
I am not SatNav savvy and looked
for this kind of basic info and it wasn’t
there!
Wayne Campbell,
Margaret River, WA.
Comment: all these SatNav devices
have much the same method of inputting an address using on-screen
prompts and an on-screen keyboard.
Generally you only have to tap in the
first three letters of a suburb or street
name in order to get a choice of the
likely names.
This is hard to depict in magazine
pictures but easy once you see it demonstrated.
Electric cars not
selling in Britain
Greenies talk big about electric cars.
I’d buy one, they all say, but those evil
multinational car/oil companies stop
anyone from selling them.
Well, in Britain, where fuel costs
much more than here and there is a
huge overcrowded capital, there are
electric cars from two companies on
sale, one French, the other the Indian
one an Adelaide company wanted to
sell here. Between them they sell about
200 cars a year.
Gordon Drennan,
Burton, SA.
EVs & nuclear power
Concerning “EVs & Nuclear Power”
in the Publisher’s Letter (January
2009), one must agree with the opinions expressed in this article. While
siliconchip.com.au
1GS/s to 5GS/s Sampling
2 or 4 Channels
USB Host, GPIB & OpenChoice
250MS/s to 1GS/s Sampling
2 or 4 Channels
USB Host, Optional Battery Pack
Tektronix
GW
DS Series: 50MHz to 300MHz
PC Based: 25MHz to 12GHz
1GS/s to 2GS/s Sampling
Mixed Signal Versions
Up to 1MB Memory, USB Host
From 25MS/s to 5TS/s Sampling
Isolated Input Versions
Easy USB PC Interface & Software
RIGOL
PicoScope
Buy On-Line at www.emona.com.au
For our on-line catalogue and manufacturers’ datasheets visit our website or
for a demo call us on tel 1 800 632 953 or email testinst<at>emona.com.au
EMONA
France gets 80% of its power through
nuclear, our emissions per capita are
higher than China’s because of our
insistence on coal-fired stations. A
previous government was worried that
if we started building nuclear plants,
we might start a nuclear arms race in
SE Asia. Now we find the proposed
Indonesian reactor is situated in an
earthquake-prone area.
A similar situation happened in
Austria. A completed plant was mothballed after protests and later a neighbouring country built one on the border with Austria.
Other countries license EVs in the
category of “quadricycle” but we do
not have such a category. One shop in
SA will have to send the Indian-built
Riva car back because such lightweight vehicles would not survive our
crash test requirements.
Any tinkerer can build an electric
car. California even started to build
parking stations with solar panels
where EVs could park in the shade
whilst being recharged before GM
“killed the electric car”. However, at
present our power stations would not
be able to cope with recharging EVs.
Dominic Wild,
Orange Grove, WA.
April 2009 5
JOIN THE TECHNOLOGY
AGE NOW
with
PICAXE
Developed as a teaching tool,
the PICAXE is a low-cost “brain”
for almost any project
Easy to use and understand,
professionals & hobbyists can
be productive within minutes.
Free software development
system and low-cost in-circuit
programming.
Variety of hardware, project
boards and kits to suit your
application.
Digital, analog, RS232,
1-Wire™, SPI and I2C.
PC connectivity.
Applications include:
Datalogging
Robotics
Measurement & instruments
Motor & lighting control
Farming & agriculture
Internet server
Wireless links
Colour sensing
Fun games
Mailbag: continued
Digital radios will have
varying features
Thank you for positive digital radio
articles in SILICON CHIP magazine. Your
articles outline all of the great DAB+
features that are possible but Commercial Radio Australia just wanted
to clarify that like any product range,
digital radio receivers will come in
all shapes, sizes and price ranges and
have different features. There will
be entry-level receivers with simple
scrolling text and others with pause
and rewind, LCD screens, iPod docks
and other features.
For example, while you mention a
receiver that automatically switches
between DAB+ and FM many times a
second, although technically possible,
there isn’t currently such a receiver on
the market. Obviously, as the digital
market develops, these features could
be possible in the future.
Also while Commercial Radio Aust
ralia’s 5-state capital commercial radio
members are all going digital, we don’t
have at this stage the exact number
of radio stations that will be on-air
at switch-on. The highly competitive industry players are still keeping
new station information close to their
chest. Austereo has announced the
first Radar digital channel and others
will announce their new initiatives
closer to switch on.
More information is available at
www.digitalradioplus.com.au
Joan Warner,
Chief Executive Officer,
Commercial Radio Australia,
Surry Hills, NSW.
Will DAB+ get to
the rural areas?
Distributed in Australia by
Microzed Computers
Pty Limited
Phone 1300 735 420
Fax 1300 735 421
www.microzed.com.au
6 Silicon Chip
I have read with interest the articles
on digital radio. It is to be hoped that
this is not going to be a repeat of the
digital TV debacle. Minimal cost for
viewers, oh yeah? – new antenna,
masthead amplifier, new wiring and
a set-top box and it stops working
every time there is even moderate
rain in the 120km between here and
the transmitter.
I drove across to Perth from central
NSW about 18 months ago. Apart
from in the close vicinity of towns,
the only available services on the car
radio were the AM stations, and in
long stretches not even those. In my
area, as an example, the ABC tries to
cover western plains NSW using FM
stations. This is fine for those who live
in the towns provided with transmitters but for those who live out of town
or in towns without transmitters, you
are likely to be out of luck.
Fortunately, there is still the old
2CR near Orange, which on AM still
provides good coverage over most of
western NSW but it does not have local
programming, Classic FM, JJJ or RN.
Are we going to see a further deterioration in radio coverage as DAB+ is
introduced? Although most Australians live in the major cities, they do
not spend all their lives there and there
are quite a few who live away from the
cities. With the limited coverage that
can be expected from DAB+, how is
emergency coverage (as in the recent
bushfires) to be provided?
Remember that people’s lives may
depend on being able to receive bulletins on small portable receivers, in
an environment where there may be
no power and no repeaters working.
John Denham,
Elong Elong, NSW.
In favour of
hydrogen boosters
In regard to “hydrogen booster”
devices for improving fuel economy,
I would like to see SILICON CHIP do a
test of the devices. I have read with
much interest what has been said in
previous issues.
I have one of these devices installed
in my vehicle and I believe that it gives
a small increase in economy. My vehicle, a 1995 Daihatsu Applause, is a
small, efficient car. It has a kerb weight
of 950kg and a 4-cylinder 1.6-litre
engine which is supposed to produce
up to 102 BHP.
Without the booster, I get between
11-13.5km/l, depending on how hard
I drive. With the booster, I get 11.514.0km/l. The fuel I normally use is
95 RON E10 petrol/ethanol blend. I
switched to high-performance threeelectrode spark plugs before logging
any fuel usage data.
siliconchip.com.au
A 1500W inverter needs
a big battery bank
The item on deep-cycle batteries
in a house system on page 97 of
the February 2009 issue caught my
attention. The point about battery
discharge needs greatly expanding.
These house systems are always
bound by the mighty dollar. In K. C.’s
case, a 1500W inverter and 24V
battery system have been selected.
Taking battery voltage drops and
efficiencies into account means that
the average DC current required to
supply 1500W is 75A. Since it is
sinewave, then at the peak of the
waveform it is most likely around
the 100A mark. Then there is the
surge capability of the inverter
which is most likely 2500W, so the
peak battery current is around 170A
– a big ask for a 100Ah battery.
House loads may never reach this
mark but powers in the 500W to
800W mark may be typical from time
to time. Now in battery sizing there
are a few simple rules that apply.
The first K. C. has alluded to and that
is the depth of regular discharges;
50% in his case. These must be better than average batteries because
the recommended depth of regular
discharge is only 30%. That makes
his 100Ah batteries only capable of
delivering 30Ah.
Second, the general rule of thumb
is that if you have a 100Ah battery
then the maximum regular average
current drawn from and “sent into”
it is Ah/10. Therefore, for a 100Ah
battery, the maximum continuous
load or charge current should only
be 10A. This may be doubled for
camping applications.
It all comes down to life expectancy of the battery. In large systems
it is even less than this (usually
When burning fuel in an internal
combustion engine, not all of the
energy stored in the fuel is turned
into useful power. My understanding is that 20% is turned into useful
power, 20% does not burn at all and
the rest exits the cylinder as burning
gas. Inputting a small amount, say, for
example, two litres/minute of Browns
gas is claimed to give a more effective
burning process.
siliconchip.com.au
around 0.7) to take into account the
higher peak currents due to sine
wave inverters and ripple in battery
chargers.
Therefore, for a 1500W inverter
on 24V, the minimum battery size
should be 750Ah if the inverter is
loaded to its maximum.
The third basic rule for battery integrity is charge them properly! Now
K. C. has not indicated the specific
type of lead-acid battery and they
can vary from brand to brand. In a
lot of cases, this information can be
extremely difficult to obtain. Quite
often even the battery seller doesn’t
know.
I have gel batteries that you can’t
take over 13.5V. These are standby
batteries, designed to sit on float
permanently and then deliver lots
of current for a fairly short time.
Then there are “Exide Energy Store”
flooded cells that require nearly 16V
for 90 minutes, depending on their
depth of discharge and temperature.
If you take 10% out, then it’s only
15V for 30 minutes. If you take 30%
out, then it’s 15.6V for 90 minutes.
This charging process applies to
many brands of lead-acid batteries.
Generally, flooded type cells require
an extended high-voltage period of
charge maybe once per fortnight to
once every month or two, depending on charging and usage. This is
known as an “Equalisation Charge”.
All lead-acid batteries may need
an equalisation charge from time
to time. Another thing that a lot
of people don’t realise is that it is
extremely difficult to charge lead
acid batteries properly if you still
have the inverter connected and
drawing current!
T. C. Thrum,
Para Hills West, SA.
In short, more of the energy in
the fuel is turned into useful power,
therefore you use less fuel. It is also
claimed to give you cleaner fumes out
the exhaust pipe and less engine knock
(what goes into your engine is claimed
to be higher octane). The devices are
claimed to be beneficial to any sort of
IC engine and are said to do more for
lower octane fuel.
High-output hydrogen booster units
A small
oscilloscope
that thinks
big!
Vicom presents the LeCroy
WaveRunner.
Performance re-imagined!
LeCroy WaveRunner features:
• WaveStream™ Fast
Viewing Mode
• WaveScan™ Advanced
Search and Analysis
• 400 MHz to 2 GHz
Bandwidth
• Up to 10 GS/s
• 12.5 Mpts/Ch standard
memory
• Big 10.4” LCD Display
• Small 6” footprint.
Performance on a budget!
The Lecroy WaveAce Series
exceed all expectations of a
small affordable oscilloscope.
For the latest information on these
plus other leading LeCroy products
call Vicom today on 03 9563 7844
or visit www.vicom.com.au
April 2009 7
FRONT PANELS
& ENCLOSURES
Customized front panels can be
easily designed with our free
software Front Panel Designer
• Cost-effective prototypes and
production runs
• Wide range of materials or
customization of provided material
• Automatic price calculation
• Fabrication in 1, 3 or 5 days
New Version 4.0
New functions include dxf import for
inner and outer shapes.
Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X compatible.
Sample price:
$ 50.53 plus S&H
www.frontpanelexpress.com
(206) 768 - 0602
Mailbag: continued
Lesson learned on
battery discharge
I just read the letter entitled
“Deep-Cycle Batteries Must Not Be
Heavily Discharged” in Ask SILICON
CHIP (February 2009). I have been
through the same thing, ie, bought
a 120Ah deep-cycle battery and
started to deep-cycle it. A couple
of months later I had a heavily sulphated battery with no capacity.
I got in touch with some guy from
“energy matters” and he told me
ideally I should not discharge below
about 20% (80% is better). He also
gave me some ideas about trying
to restore my battery although he
gave no guarantee that it could be
restored. This is what I did.
First I added some Inox battery
conditioner to the battery (two bottles <at> $10.00) and started to charge
and discharge the battery until I was
getting as high a reading of specific
gravity that I was able (maybe 10
times).
Then I emptied the battery of acid
and filled it with distilled water. I
(15-30 litres a minute) are meant to be
used in engines that have been modified to run insanely lean (eg, 19:1) and
I do not know about these units. I do
not wish to tinker with my car that
much!
I will not dispute the fact that using electricity to convert water into
Browns gas is something that will
make you use more petrol but I believe
that the benefit from the extra power
you get from the fuel at the very least
balances out this extra fuel usage. I
believe that I am getting a small increase in economy based on my logged
km/l figures.
I believe that it is true that some
unscrupulous persons are trying to con
people with hydrogen booster devices
that do not work. They are also trying
to scam us with poor-quality pirated
movies, phoney vitamin pills, phoney
medicines and electronic goods that
have no warranty and that only last
about a week.
Why would car companies not
implement this if it works? Well, I do
8 Silicon Chip
started to charge and discharge with
the water (perhaps 10 times). You
can get an amazing amount of charge
with just water even though you get
no reading of specific gravity. I think
the idea is to get the remaining sulphate on the plates to dissolve into
the water.
Then I filled the battery with
new battery acid and another dose
of Inox battery conditioner. At that
stage the battery would run a 65W
car headlamp for 13 hours and still
be holding reasonable voltage. That
was good enough for me and that
was about six months ago and so far
so good. I don’t discharge it below
about 80% and I always make sure it
is charged again the next day, either
by solar or generator.
Tony Brazzale,
Lakes Entrance, Vic.
Comment: measuring specific gravity of battery acid in the cells is
ultimately the best way of judging full charge but you cannot do
this with many lead-acid batteries
nowadays.
not know. I have read a lot of stuff on
the internet, a lot of it being emotive
claptrap. The basic remotely reasonable argument is that car companies
are in bed with “big oil” and it is
not in their interests to be more fuelefficient as this will upset big oil and
generally be a drawback to the profits
of car companies.
Where car companies are trying to
be fuel-efficient it is either where it is
mandated by government or where it
can be glamorous and with a big price
tag (think expensive Toyota Prius –
“everyone look at me, I’m saving the
planet”!). A cheap device that could
go into every car is not glamorous, nor
can it have a premium slapped on it
by car companies. If hydrogen booster
technology is any good, car companies
won’t bother unless there is a profit
to be had.
The unit I purchased was a “Fuels
Plus 1”, which I bought over the internet for $85. The unit is supposed to
use 6A at 12V. When I ran a multimeter
over it I found it was using 3A at 12V.
siliconchip.com.au
I may have made the mistake of using
too thin gauge of wire to supply the
current to the device. The device is
supposed to produce 2-3 litres/minute.
The device is straight across the battery, switched on or off by a relay, with
no regulator or pulsing circuit. The
unit holds two litres of water which
is supposed to be good for 1500 litres
of Browns gas.
I purchased it hoping for an increase
of 1km/l in my fuel economy whereas
I got half that. Even so, I believe that
it has paid for itself. I guess it is not
easy to squeeze extra mileage out of a
lightweight car with a small engine.
Will SILICON CHIP obtain a few different models from reputable sources
and do a test of the hydrogen booster?
Alex Rochford,
Devonport, Tas.
Comment: we do not think there is any
point in doing such tests – we simply
do not believe that boosters can work
as claimed.
Such tests would also be very time
consuming and would need to be done
with a range of vehicles on a vehicle
dynamometer. Road tests could not
be relied upon, because you could
not depend on drivers using exactly
the same accelerator settings at particular points of a trip, for a number
of comparisons.
The only way to do it is to put the
car on a dynamometer and set it for a
given power output at selected speeds
with part throttle and then precisely
measure brake specific fuel consumption (BSFC) with and without the
booster operating.
Incidentally, we would be very surprised if your electrolyser produced
2-3 litres/minute at such a low power
input.
Modern cars achieve almost complete combustion of the fuel. The only
time that unburnt fuel would ever exit
siliconchip.com.au
the engine is under heavy acceleration
when the ECU is in “open loop” and
the catalytic converter is unable to
burn the residual.
By the way, your car is not efficient
by modern standards. Plenty of current
small cars with similarly-sized engines
get much better fuel economy.
Rural AM stations’
limited power radiation
On page 85 in column 2 of the November 2008 issue, Rodney Champness asks a question about the reasons
why city AM stations were able to use
5kW radiated power, whereas rural
ones were restricted to 2kW.
I asked that same question when I
lived in “the bush” many years ago. I
was told that advertisers in a town with
one commercial station (the norm) did
not want advertisers in the town down
the road getting free plugs on their
turf. Limiting the power naturally funnelled listeners onto the local station
and it sounded better.
Of course the listener a bit further
out from all such stations lost out. But
then they supposedly had the ABC
regional network, which did operate
at higher powers. 2CR at Cumnock
(Orange) radiated 50kW, while others
were I think around 10kW.
Bruce Bowman,
Ainslie, ACT.
Honda cylinder
deactivation does work
I write in response to the article and
reader feedback on the Honda cylinder
deactivation system. While the power
required to move a car at a set speed
will be constant regardless of the
number of cylinders, there can be efficiency gains by operating the engine
on fewer cylinders. As mentioned in
the article and the Editor’s comments
on readers’ feedback, the reduction
ANTRIM
TRANSFORMERS
manufactured in Australia by
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
harbuch<at>optusnet.com.au
Toroidal – Conventional Transformers
Power – Audio – Valve – ‘Specials’
Medical – Isolated – Stepup/down
Encased Power Supplies
Encased Power Supply
www.harbuch.com.au
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl, HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476 5854 Fax (02) 9476 3231
in “pumping losses” is responsible
for this.
When a petrol engine is running
at low throttle settings, it wastes a
lot of energy by sucking the inlet air
in through a small throttle opening.
When the engine is running at higher
loads, the throttle is more open, so
there are fewer losses. By shutting
down a number of cylinders, the remaining cylinders will be operating
at higher load and so require a wider
throttle opening; hence less losses.
There are other reasons that running
fewer cylinders at higher loads can
improve efficiency. For example, fuel
April 2009 9
Mailbag: continued
injectors are more accurately able to
meter fuel when they are running at
higher loads, which means the engine
can more accurately run at the most
efficient air/fuel ratio.
Chris Lister,
Brisbane, Qld.
when I finally did get involved with
micro-based projects. Keep up the
good work and the variety.
Bill Coghill,
Monterey, NSW.
Good variety in
February 2009 issue
In defence of SILICON CHIP and that
controversial microwave oven UV
light source project (October 2008), I
thought it was a brilliant use of junk
parts and would construct it if I ever
start making PC boards at home.
I find this kind of article far more
interesting than the usual “processor
chip drives LED display” type of thing.
As I consider myself reasonably literate, I would follow the article’s instructions and use the recommended colour
codes. I don’t see a problem there.
As for its controversial wiring colour
codes, let’s be realistic here. It’s never
going to be worked on by anyone but
the author and it is obvious by reading the labels and looking at what the
green/yellow stripe wires are connected to, that they may be live.
It is not as if this device has been
constructed to be sold or given to the
public. I find it strange so many have
complained about the unorthodox
colour codes, when several times
throughout the article it is clearly
explained what the correct colours to
be used are. I know common sense is
no longer taught but if anyone can’t
follow written instructions and read
I wanted to say how much I enjoyed
the February 2009 edition of SILICON C HIP. It was nice to see a month
without a single PIC or micro-based
project (except the Car Display but
that was more a PC software guide!)
but still have interesting and relevant
projects.
It reminded me of electronics in the
late 1980s when I first got interested
in the subject while living in the UK,
where magazines such as Elektor and
ETI were full of devices using discrete
logic. I think a lot of electronics projects now just have a micro and it all
happens in code. So people don’t get
the fun of debugging logic gates and
building logic subsystems, or get a
real grasp for how a circuit actually
operates.
Don’t get me wrong; I love a microbased project but there is something
about using logic gates and old school
comparators to do the work. I think it
is electronics as it used too be – every
thing open to view and explained.
I learned a lot from studying such
circuits and it certainly helped me
10 Silicon Chip
Brilliant use
of junk parts
labels, I really question the wisdom of
them working on anything electrical
to start with.
On incandescent bulbs, the $2 shops
are the place to go for bulb hoarders.
One shop was selling 30 packs of 60W
bulbs for about $8. I walked out of
there with more than a lifetime supply.
Why it is necessary to actually ban the
sale of incandescent bulbs is a mystery
when people are already using CFLs
where they are best used.
As an amusing exercise, I calculated
that to have every incandescent lamp
in my house on at the same time, less
power would be used than required
by one air-conditioner, yet there’s no
plan to ban air-conditioners.
Part of the problem is that politicians are technically ignorant. After
all, our communications minister who
will see to it that analog TV transmissions are also banned, when there
is no technical reason to do so, had
difficulty connecting a digital box to
his television. (They’d probably turn
off the analog system even faster if
they knew it used AM for the picture
transmission).
On a final note, it’s quite ironic that
any of my valve black & white television sets use less power than a plasma
display. I wonder how far off linear
power supplies and valve amplifiers
are on the “to ban’ list. Better build that
class-A amplifier while you can!
John Hunter,
Hazelbrook, NSW.
Comment: you can still purchase a variety of incandescent lamps from lightSC
ing stores and IGA supermarkets.
siliconchip.com.au
Digital
Radio
Part 3: Transmitters
& Receivers
Last month, we discussed the details of the Advanced Audio
Coding (AAC+) used in Digital Radio. This month we discuss how
the AAC+ data is transmitted and received. The transmissions
combine data with program content and the entire transmission
is a multiplexed combination of the many programs.
By ALAN HUGHES
O
NE OF THE MOST interesting
features of Digital Radio trans
mission is that more than one station’s
program content is embedded into a
single carrier frequency. In fact, up to
nine different program digital streams
can be combined into the one transmission. At the planned introduction* of
digital broadcasting, there will be up
to 71 radio stations (ABC, SBS and
commercial) on 10 DAB+ transmitters.
Fig.1 depicts how the AAC+ encoded program and multiplexers combine data from a number of stations.
Multiplexers can be thought of as rotary switches which continually cycle
through the available data sources. So
if they are switches, does this mean
that bits of individual programs are
missing, as the switch selects other
program sources? No, that is the beauty
of switching digital data packets – no
program data is lost.
As well as the program digital
streams, two other types of data are
multiplexed into the transmission.
The first, Program Associated Data,
includes date & time, station identification & location, and pictures and
text.
By contrast, Fast Information Channel inserts small blocks of data, often
regardless of the program sources.
Typical uses are emergency and traf-
Fig.1: a DAB+ transmitter uses multiplexers to combine the program digital
streams from up to nine stations with Program Associated Data and Fast
Information Channel data.
siliconchip.com.au
fic information, as well as paging and
conditional access data.
Error detection
The effect of corrupted data becomes more drastic as compression
is increased, so some error detection
and correction will greatly improve the
listening experience, particularly for
car and portable reception. This takes
several forms:
Cyclic Redundancy Check: this adds
parity bits which are related to the
data. This will enable the decoder to
ignore corrupted data.
Reed-Solomon Error Correction: for
every 110 bits, 10 bits are added which
are mathematically related to the data.
This will allow up to five bits in error
to be corrected in the decoder.
DRM Error Correction: this uses the
Cyclic Redundancy Check and ReedSolomon error correction. Audio
frames are divided into two. The first
half, representing the loudest frequencies, has more error correction than the
second half which is less significant.
Huffman Codeword reordering is used
for AAC.
Camouflage: the data is shuffled in a
April 2009 11
powered linear amplifier increases the
power to be applied to the transmitting
antenna. In the DAB+ case, the antenna
is vertically polarised.
Map characteristics
Fig.2: block diagram of a COFDM modulator. This results in quadrature
amplitude modulation (QAM) of the transmitter signal.
predetermined order, prior to transmission, so that the effect of impulse
noise is distributed, making the like
lihood of complete correction greater.
This makes reception more reliable
until the noise is continuous.
COFDM multiple carriers
In the process of multiplexing, the
single serial data stream is subjected to
Coded Orthogonal Frequency Division
Modulation (COFDM). This is similar
to taking a serial signal and converting
it to parallel. So for DAB+, each serial
pulse becomes 1536 times longer in
duration. This allows reflected signals
to be ignored. It also enables Single
Frequency Networks (multiple transmitters in the same coverage area on
the same frequency) to be used.
Fig.2 shows the COFDM process
while Fig.3 shows the resulting map
of the modulation.
The data from the nine program
sources is used to address a block of
RAM (random access memory), one
bit at a time. A ‘one’ is written into
that location. For transmission, the
memory is read so that the column
value is obtained. This is fed into an
analog-to-digital converter (DAC). It is
used to vary the carrier level in a double sideband suppressed (DSB) carrier
modulator. If the value is greater than
3.5, the carrier will be inverted to make
the left side of the modulation graph
in Fig.3. This is called the in-phase
or “I” axis.
A second DAC is fed with the row
data. It is identical to the “I” axis but
its carrier is delayed by 90 °. This gives
the Quadrature (Q) axis. Once the
outputs of the two DSBSC modulators
are added together, the result is quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM).
This signal consists of a suppressed
carrier and a set of sidebands. The
frequency of the sidebands depends
on the data being modulated. A Fast
Fourier Transform is applied to this
signal to generate the many carriers
which are characteristic of COFDM.
The suppressed carrier is usually a
standard intermediate frequency (IF)
which is the same in every transmitter.
To get to the allocated transmission
frequency, a second modulator is used
to increase the frequency. A highFig.3. this diagram
shows the quadrature
amplitude modulation
(percentage modulation)
vs phase modulation for
a COFDM.
12 Silicon Chip
The modulation map of Fig.3 shows
percentage modulation versus phase
modulation. In 4-QAM, there are only
four phases and so the amplitude is
always at a maximum from the modulator, as shown by the pink spots on
the graph. This mode gives the best
immunity from noise.
64-QAM can transmit 16 times the
data rate as 4-QAM. 64-QAM has nine
amplitude levels over a range of 17dB.
To get the same reliability of the reception, the radiated power needs to be
increased by a factor of 50 times.
As a compromise, the data which
has the most audible effect can be
transmitted using 4-QAM and the
more subtle information transmitted
at 64-QAM. This is called “hierarchical” coding.
Digital radio receivers
Fig.4 shows the block diagram of a
digital radio receiver. The blue section
of the diagram is devoted to the RF and
IF sections which more or less constitute a conventional radio tuner. The
mauve or pale blue section is devoted
to the COFDM demodulator which essential reverses the processes applied
in the COFDM in the transmitter.
In operation, the microprocessor
displays a list of available stations.
The listener uses the station select
switch to select the wanted program
and the micro takes over from there.
The antenna signal is filtered to only
allow the channel you have selected
to be amplified. The microprocessor
will tell the tuning section which frequency band and what frequency is to
be selected. The output of the tuning
and IF amplifier section is digitised.
The signal leaves the hardware
and with the exception of the audio
amplifiers and loudspeakers, the rest
is done by the microprocessor and
some memory.
Audio directional control is performed in the Parametric Stereo section, shown in the pale green section
of Fig.4.
The central pair of delays and attenuators is used to steer the sound from
left to right. There is a fixed delay
when the sound source is central. The
outer pair of delays is used to produce
siliconchip.com.au
reverberation by feeding the steered
signal back around the section. The
duration of the delays and the amount
of feedback will control the reverberation time. This adds to the “realism”
of the sound.
The demodulation can be done
using mathematics performed by a
processor, however the control microprocessor will have to tell the demodulator which mode to operate in.
When the demodulator is operating
in the COFDM mode, its output will
be decoded by the AAC+ decoder back
into AES digital audio. This is then
converted to stereo analog sound and
fed into speakers. An HDMI output
could be used, particularly for 5.1
channel sound to be fed into a hometheatre amplifier.
The microprocessor can also decode
and send text and images to the display screen. In addition, the processor
will use the station list in the DAB+ or
DRM signal to check the availability
of other signals containing identical
program and will switch to it if the
DAB+ or DRM signal contains too
many errors.
Fig.4 shows the DRM/FM/AM tuners in a separate block, for simplifica-
Fig.4. block diagram of a DAB+ receiver. The microprocessor controls all functions.
tion of the diagram. The combined
DAB+/DRM/FM/AM radio only needs
the following modifications over a
DAB+ only radio: additional firmware,
extra tuning coils, plus varicaps and
band-switching diodes. A ferrite rod
or loop antenna is also required for
the MF band (DRM & AM).
Radioscape® has a DAB+/DRM/
FM/AM module available to radio
manufacturers.
Next month, we will conclude with
a discussion of the signal format, a
comparison of DAB+ and DRM and
SC
suggested antennas.
STOP PRESS*
As we went to press on this issue, it was
announced that industry-wide switch-on
to DAB+ will be postponed to August 1st
rather than May 1st 2009. May 1st will begin the widespread testing of new signals
but the ABC will not begin test transmissions until June, with all its stations on air
from July 1st.
Av-Comm DAB+ Digital
Radio Receiver
ONL
Y
$149
PLU
.00
S P&
P
Av-Comm’s Q4000 DAB+ receiver is the result of over 12 months
product development and market research. Rather than releasing a noncompatible DAB receiver which could have been used during early on-air
testing, the company chose to wait until the DAB+ standard was formalised.
Originally intended to combine the features of DAB+, FM with RDS and
Internet radio, the results of Av-Comm’s market research indicated that
different demographics exist for DAB+ and Internet radio. The result is the
Q4000 which is a basic VHF only DAB+ receiver.
The receiver also has a clock and alarm functions with snooze allowing it
to be used as a bedside clock radio. Priced at $149 (plus P&P), the receiver
represents an affordable entry point into the world of Digital Radio. The unit
is capable of running from 6 AA internally-housed batteries but is supplied
with a 9V regulated DC power supply.
For those technically minded, the important specs are:
(1) RF Input Frequency Range: 174.928-239.2MHz (2) Sensitivity: -100dBm (3) Power supply 9V DC, 800mA
(4) DAB+ channels: 5A/B/C/D, 6A,B,C,D, 7A,B,C,D, 8A,B,D,C, 9A,B,C,D, 10A,N,B,C,D, 11A,B,C,D, 12A,B,C,D,
13A,B,C,D,E,F.
Av-Comm Pty Ltd, 24/9 Powells Rd, Brookvale 2100, NSW, Australia
(PO Box 225 Brookvale 2100, NSW, Australia)
Phone: (02) 9939 4377 Fax: (02) 9939 4376 Website: www.avcomm.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 13
Connecting Puppy
Linux to the Internet
via a network cable is a
piece of cake. Wireless
networking can be
slightly more difficult
but is still easy to do.
Here’s how.
By GREG SWAIN
Wireless Networking
With Ubuntu & Puppy Linux
L
AST MONTH, we described how
to resurrect an old laptop using
Puppy Linux as the operating system.
Puppy runs fast, even on old hardware, and is just the shot as an OS for
machines that would otherwise finish
up in landfill.
In the course of preparing that ar-
ticle, we decided to resurrect an old
laptop that had once belonged to the
daughter of one of the SILICON CHIP staff
members. This 6-year old machine is
a Compaq Presario M2000 running an
AMD Sempron 3000 processor, 512MB
of RAM and Windows XP.
Well, it used to run Windows XP
but somehow this had become kaput.
It was taking an age to load and had
become so corrupted that it would
take several minutes just for the fly-up
menu to appear after the Start button
was clicked.
Cleaning up the disk debris and
running a registry checker did improve
Fig.1 (above): set the menu timeout value and comment out
the hiddenmenu line in Ubuntu’s /boot/grub/menu.lst
file if setting up a dual-boot Ubuntu/Puppy system. Fig.2
(right): how the Puppy boot lines are added to menu.lst.
14 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: setting up a wireless networking profile in Ubuntu 8.1 (Intrepid Ibex) is a breeze using the Network Configuration
wizard. These three dialog boxes show the basic set-up for a secure connection.
things somewhat but it was clearly
beyond redemption. So why not ditch
Windows altogether and install Linux?
In fact, why stop at just one flavour
of Linux?
To cut a long story short, we ended
up installing both Ubuntu Linux and
Puppy Linux as a dual-boot set-up.
Ubuntu was installed first into one
partition and then Puppy was installed
into a second partition. Ubuntu’s boot
menu file (/boot/menu.lst) was then
modified to add Puppy as one of the
boot options.
How to you do that? Easy – Puppy
recognises the Ubuntu install and tells
you what lines to add to Ubuntu’s
/boot/menu.lst file. While you’re at
it, you also have to comment out the
hiddenmenu line and change the timeout entry to suit – eg, seven seconds
(Fig.1).
Wireless networking
Getting wireless networking going
in Ubuntu 8.1 (aka Intrepid Ibex)
proved to be child’s play. The laptop
we were using didn’t have a built-in
wireless adaptor, so we tested it with
four plug-in adaptors: (1) a Netgear
WG511 Wireless PC Card; (2) a Netgear
WG111T USB Adaptor; (3) a Netgear
WG111v2 USB Adaptor; and (4) a
Belkin Wireless G USB Adaptor. In
each case, as soon as the device was
plugged in, Ubuntu loaded the correct native driver and the device was
ready to go.
siliconchip.com.au
An external USB or
PC Card wireless
adaptor will be
necessary if your
laptop lacks a builtin adaptor.
It was then just a matter of setting up
a wireless networking configuration
and saving the profile. That’s done
by clicking System -> Preferences ->
Network Configuration to bring up the
Network Connections wizard – see
Fig.3. You then add a wireless profile
and enter in the necessary details such
as the broadcast SSID, the mode and
the security details (use WPA security
if the driver supports it, otherwise
use WEP).
You also need to enter the MAC
address of the wireless adaptor if you
are using MAC address filtering. This
is always a good idea but note that if
you do use MAC address filtering, you
will have to create a separate profile
for each wireless device you intend
using.
And that’s it. Once the network
profile has been created, Ubuntu 8.1
automatically connects to the Internet. What could be easier? – you just
plug the device in, set up the wireless
network configuration details and it
works.
However, based on personal experience, wireless networking with
previous versions of Ubuntu is not
April 2009 15
Wireless Networking . . .
https://help.ubuntu.com/community/
WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper. This
website gives the full step-by-step
procedure and is easy to follow – just
be sure to blacklist the listed native
drivers as instructed.
Note: this last step is critical and is
necessary to prevent the native driver
from loading and interfering with
Ndiswrapper.
If it doesn’t work, then it may be necessary to blacklist extra drivers – either
that, or you’ve got the wrong Windows
driver for your wireless adaptor. A list
of drivers that you can try blacklisting
is shown below (these entries go in
/etc/modprobe.d/blacklist).
Fig.4: clicking the “Connect” icon
on the Puppy desktop brings up the
Internet Connection Wizard.
quite as simple. For example, none of
the native drivers for the above-listed
wireless adaptors worked with Ubuntu
8.04 (aka Hardy Heron) but they could
all be made to work by using a utility
called “Ndiswrapper” and the relevant
Windows driver for each device.
As the name suggests, Ndiswrapper
“wraps” the Windows driver so that it
can be used under Linux. The procedure is relatively straightforward but
we won’t go into it in detail here because the latest 8.1 version of Ubuntu
apparently doesn’t need it – at least not
for the adaptors we tested.
If you are forced to use Ndiswrapper with Ubuntu, then take a look at
blacklist b43
blacklist b43legacy
blacklist ssb
blacklist rt2500usb
blacklist islsm_pci
blacklist islsm
blacklist islsm_usb
blacklist prism2_usb
blacklist rtl8187
blacklist r8187b
blacklist rt73usb
blacklist p54usb
blacklist ath_pci
blacklist ath_hal
Note that while Ndiswrapper works
well in practice it’s needed only if the
native driver doesn’t do the job.
Puppy wouldn’t play ball
Getting the wireless networking
going with Puppy also required some
coaxing. With each of the three USB
wireless adaptors, Puppy correctly
loaded a native driver but things went
Fig.5: in this case, no native driver has been loaded for
wireless networking – just one for the ethernet adaptor.
Click the Load module button to proceed.
16 Silicon Chip
pear-shaped from there. Although each
USB adaptor could “see” the wireless
network, it stubbornly refused to connect even though the correct wireless
profile had been created and loaded
in Puppy’s networking set-up wizard.
Similarly, Puppy identified and
loaded a driver for the WG511 PC
card. But that was as far as it got. In
that case, the adaptor couldn’t even
“see” the wireless network.
Doggone it!
Use Ndiswrapper
After some trial and error, we
quickly got all four wireless adaptors
working with Puppy. Once again, the
trick is to use the Ndiswrapper utility
plus the relevant Windows driver for
the device.
Unlike Ubuntu, Puppy installs the
Ndiswrapper utility by default along
with a GUI, so it’s easy to get going.
Here’s how it’s done:
Step 1: obtain the Windows .inf and
.sys driver files for the wireless network adaptor. These can either be
obtained from the installation CD supplied with the device or downloaded
from the manufacturer’s website.
If necessary, install the driver software on a Windows machine to extract
the .inf and .sys files from a .exe install
file. That done, copy them onto a USB
flash drive or, better still, into the
/home folder in Puppy.
Step 2: run the Internet Connection
Wizard by clicking the “Connect” icon
on the desktop to bring up the dialog
shown in Fig.4.
Step 3: click the “Internet By Network
Or Wireless LAN” button to bring up
the dialog box shown in Fig.5, then
Fig.6: after choosing the Ndiswrapper option, browse to
Windows .inf driver file location, select it and click OK.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7 (above): this is the dialog that appears if
Ndiswrapper and the Windows driver find the
wireless adaptor. Click Save to keep the driver
configuration.
Fig.8 (right): once Ndiswrapper is working correctly, the
wlan0 entry will appear in this dialog. You then click the
wlan0 button to go to the dialog shown in Fig.9.
click “Load Module” and choose the
“Ndiswrapper” button at the next dialog. Be sure to unload and blacklist
any existing native WLAN0 driver
when prompted during this procedure
(if one has been loaded).
Alternatively, if no native driver has
loaded, just click on the “None” button
at this prompt.
Step 4: follow the prompts to install the
Windows driver. Note that you must
select the .inf file to install (Fig.6).
Step 5: having loaded the driver, the
wizard will now bring up a dialog
advising that it is trying to associate
with an interface. If the driver finds
the wireless interface and loads cor-
rectly (see Fig.7), then so far so good
– proceed to Step 7.
Step 6: if it doesn’t find the adaptor,
unload the driver at the subsequent
prompt, then reload Ndiswrapper and
the Windows driver and try again.
This step is apparently necessary
to completely unload other drivers,
to prevent them from conflicting
with Ndiswrapper and the Windows
driver.
In short, if a native driver has initially been loaded, you may have to
go through the Ndiswrapper driver
installation procedure twice to get
it working. Based on my experience,
simply installing Ndiswrapper and
the driver once doesn’t work.
Step 7: once the driver has associated
with the wireless adaptor correctly,
the dialog shown in Fig.8 will appear.
This should now show the wlan0
entry with the driver module listed
as “ndiswrapper”. If it does, click the
wlan0 button and then the Wireless
button at the next dialog (Fig.9) to go
to the dialog shown in Fig.10.
Step 8: click the “Scan” button. If it
finds one or more wireless networks,
you are in business. Select your network, then click the “New Profile”
button to set-up a wireless networking
profile as shown in Fig.10.
STEP 9: Once the profile is completed,
Fig.9 (above): click the Wireless button in this dialog to
set up a wireless networking profile.
Fig.10 (right): to set up the profile, first click the New Profile
button, then enter in the details as shown here. You then save
the profile and click the Use This Profile button.
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 17
Wireless Networking . . .
Locking Down A Wireless Network
It’s surprising just how many unsecured wireless networks there are out
there. Out of the box, most wireless
modems/routers are unsecured and
the owner often has no idea that this
is the case. As a result, the network
is wide open and can be accessed by
other people in the vicinity (eg, your
neighbours).
If you don’t want others using your
wireless Internet connection for free,
there are four steps you should take to
lock your wireless modem or wireless
router down:
STEP 1: change the default user name
and password that’s used to log in to
your wireless modem via your browser
in order to set it up. The default user
names are easy to discover on the net
or even guess, so why make it easy
for someone to gain access?
STEP 2: change the ESSID (ie, the
name given to the wireless network)
from the default, then disable “Broadcast ESSID”. After all, there’s no
point in changing it from the default
if you’re then going to broadcast it to
the world.
STEP 3: Enable MAC address filtering if
available, then enter the MAC address
for your wireless network adaptor into
the set-up.
To explain, each wireless adaptor
is assigned a unique identification
number when it’s manufactured. This
number is in hexadecimal format and
is referred to as the “MAC address”. By
enabling MAC filtering in your wireless
router, you can limit access to those
wireless adaptors that have the corresponding MAC addresses (you can
enter more than one address).
To obtain the MAC address of your
wireless network adaptor, just go to a
terminal window and type ifconfig -a
for a Linux system or ipconfig /all on
a Windows system. This will be listed
as the Hwaddr in Puppy or as the
Physical Address in Windows.
Be sure to use the MAC address
listed for your wireless adaptor, not
for your ethernet adaptor.
Fig.11: you can
check which native
drivers have been
blacklisted by
clicking Menu ->
System -> BootManager Configure
Bootup, then
clicking “Click
Here To Blacklist
A Module”.
click “Save” followed by “Use This
Profile”. If Puppy subsequently reports
that it was able to find a live network,
you then click the Auto DHCP button
to obtain an IP address.
That’s it – you will now be connected to the Internet. Note, however,
that Puppy does not automatically
connect to a wireless network each
time it starts up. Instead, you have to
reload the networking profile (select
the profile, then click “Load”, click
“Use This Profile” and then “Auto
18 Silicon Chip
DHCP” to reacquire an IP address.
Of course, there is a way to make it
automatically connect to a particular
network but let’s not go there.
In practice, the Netgear WG511 &
WG111T adaptors and the Belkin USB
wireless daptor all work reliably using
the Ndiswrapper. In the case of the
WG511, the p54pci driver had to be
blacklisted while for the Belkin device
it was the rt2500usb driver.
No blacklisting was required for the
WG111T, since no native driver was
Alternatively, if you are using an
external adaptor, the MAC address will
be on a label attached to the device.
STEP 4: Enable either WPA or WEP
encryption (WPA = Wifi Protected
Access; WEP = Wired Equivalent Privacy). Provided your network adaptor
supports it, WPA is the one to go for
since WEP is no longer regarded as
being secure (although it’s still better
than nothing if you have no choice).
Note that the wireless router should
be set up from your laptop or PC
using a wired (ie, ethernet or USB)
connection. Don’t set it up using an unsecured wireless connection because
it’s wide open to anyone who may be
snooping while you’re doing so.
Note that it will also be necessary
to enter the WPA (or WEP) key into
the wireless networking profile on
the laptop, otherwise you will not be
able to access the wireless router.
Depending on the operating system,
you may have to enter the MAC address as well.
loaded in the first place. By the way,
the athfmwdl.inf driver was the one
that worked for my WG111T, not the
netwg11t.inf driver which was also on
the Netgear installation CD.
WG111v2 tantrums
The WG111v2 loads the Prism
p54usb driver as its native driver but
despite correctly blacklisting this, it
initially stubbornly refused to work
under Ndiswrapper. It fact, the installed Windows driver wouldn’t even
recognise the device.
A few minutes research on the Internet licked that problem. If you’ve
got a WG111v2 and its serial number
starts with WG72 or WG16, then it’s
really a WG111v1 device (despite what
the label says) and you must use the
WG111v1 driver.
So the incorrect driver was being
used. Downloading and installing
the correct v1 driver from the Netgear
website got it working.
Troubleshooting
If Ndiswrapper doesn’t work, try using a different Windows driver. Some
wireless adaptors come in different
siliconchip.com.au
Useful Command Line Utilities
A USB wireless adaptor
can be used if necessary but
PC card adaptors (eg, the WG511)
are less vulnerable to damage in
laptops.
versions with different chipsets, so
be careful if downloading drivers off
the Internet. You must get the correct
driver for your particular device otherwise it won’t work (see the note about
the Netgear WG111v2 above).
For this reason, try to use the driver
that was supplied on the CD-ROM with
the wireless adapter.
Note that you cannot use Windows
Vista drivers with Ndiswrapper – it’s
limited to Windows XP and Windows
2000 drivers.
If you want to check which files have
been installed under Ndiswrapper,
take a look at the /etc/ndiswrapper
folder. The install procedure should
have copied both the Windows .inf
and .sys files to a sub-folder. Delete
the sub-folder if you want to get rid
of them.
Blacklisting
If you want to check which driver
modules have been blacklisted, click
Menu -> System -> BootManager
Configure Bootup. This allows you
to access the “Module Blacklist Manager” – see Fig.11. The loaded modules
are listed at left, while the blacklisted
modules are in the righthand pane.
To add a module to the blacklist,
simply select it in the lefthand pane
and click “Add”. Conversely, to
remove it from the blacklist, select
it in the righthand pane and click
“Remove”.
Alternatively, you can directly handfettle the /etc/rc.d/modulesconfig file
in a text editor. The blacklisted files
go in the SKIPLIST section. Always be
sure to leave a space between the last
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.12: the ifconfig -a command can be used to discover the MAC address
of any network adaptors attached to the machine. It will also display any
IP addresses that have been assigned.
Fig.13: the iwconfig command gives information on the wireless set-up,
including the broadcast ESSID if connected to a network.
Several useful Linux command-line utilities can be used to help you get
your network (either wireless or cable) up and running. They are as follows:
(1) ifconfig -a, (2) iwconfig and (3) lsmod.
Ifconfig -a is useful for discovering the MAC address of the wireless network adaptor and will also list its IP address if one has been picked up (the
equivalent Windows command is ipconfig /all ). By contrast, iwconfig gives
information on the wireless set-up. It shows the broadcast ID or ESSID (provided it’s connected), the frequency, the bit rate and even the encryption key.
The third command, lsmod, lists the driver modules that Puppy (or Ubuntu)
has loaded. Among other things, this is useful for discovering which native
driver is loading for your wireless adaptor (this driver must be blacklisted if
you are using Ndiswrapper).
To run a command in Puppy, simply click the “Console” icon on the desktop
to open a terminal window, then type the command and press Enter.
entry and the end quote mark.
Finally, if Ndiswrapper stubbornly
refuses to work, try blacklisting the
Broadcom drivers in the /etc/rc.d/
modulesconfig file. Open this file
in a text editor and add bcm43xx
b43 b43legacy ssb to the end of the
SKIPLIST section. Be sure to leave a
space between the final entry and the
SC
end quote mark.
April 2009 19
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
Multi-function,
Intelligent
RemoteControlled
Dimmer
You probably think that a dimmer
is a dimmer is a dimmer, right?
This little beauty will definitely
change your mind!
Main Features
•
by
Mauro Grassi
22 S
22
Silicon
iliconCChip
hip
Five Modes of Operation:
(1) Dimmer with Time Ou
t
(2) ON/OFF control only
(3) Sleep Mode – dims gra
dually to off over the timeou
t period
(4) Flash mode – functions
as a strobe light
(5) Security mode – turns
a light on and off random
ly to simulate occupancy
• Use almost any RC5 remote controller–
it learns the remote contro
l codes
• Low standby power consumption (1.1W)
Nin
• e preset brightness levels with fine
trol in between
• Controls lamps up to 500W (eg, halogencon
• ON/OFF control for non-dimmable compacspotlights)
t fluorescents
• Multi-Addressable: control up to nine dimme
• Time Out Period: from 1 minute to 7 days (cars independently
• Save and restore your favourite brightness n be disabled)
• Remembers the last brightness level & mo level and mode
• Customisable Triac triggering for finer con de if turned off using a series switch
• Customisable dimming speed (advanced) trol (advanced) siliconchip.com.au
The (very!) intelligent dimmer shown here with
an infrared remote control. It can be used with
just about any remote control which uses the RC5
protocol. You can see the infrared receiver and
acknowledge LEDs through the “window” in the
front panel.
T
HIS REMOTE CONTROLLED DIMMER will work with
incandescent and dimmable CFL (compact fluorescent)
lights, as well as some 12V halogen lights. It can provide
mood and home-theatre lighting or operate in SLEEP mode
(eg, in an infant’s room) to very gradually fade a lamp.
This dimmer also has intelligence – it can automatically
turn off the light after a timeout period ranging from one
minute to almost a week, ensuring the light is not left on
if you forget to switch it off. It can also be used to control
non-dimmable CFLs. In this mode, we simply turn the CFL
ON and OFF (note: it may not be suitable with some nondimmable CFLs which tend to flicker in the “OFF” state).
Want to individually dim more than one table lamp in
a room? No problem. You could have up to nine of these
dimmers in a room independently controllable with the
same remote. In addition, you can also control two or more
dimmers simultaneously!
You can use almost any RC5 remote control, because the
light dimmer can be programmed to learn the command
codes. Pretty neat, eh? You use the number keys to dim to
a preset level or the VOL UP and VOL DOWN keys to dim
up or down in fine increments. Button “0” dims down to
off, while “9” dims up to fully on.
In addition, we have attempted to provide just about every
possible remote control feature in this design. It is quite a
simple circuit but the microcontroller’s program provides
all these features.
Circuit description
The circuit is based around a PIC18F1320 microcontroller
which controls the Triac and responds to all the remote
control commands. In addition, there is the infrared decoder IDR1, two RGB LEDs, an NPN transistor, two diodes,
a zener diode, a 10MHz crystal and an inductor and a few
resistors and capacitors.
siliconchip.com.au
The Triac is connected between the mains Active and
the lamp via inductor L1. In conjunction with a 100nF
250VAC capacitor, this inductor provides suppression of
electromagnetic interference caused by the rapid switching
of the Triac.
The micro sends gate pulses to the Triac via NPN transistor Q1 and ultra-fast recovery diode D2. The diode protects
the transistor from spikes generated when the Triac changes
state from conducting to non-conducting and vice versa.
The micro controls the power level fed to the lamps by
the Triac by varying the timing of the gate pulse during each
half-cycle of the 230VAC mains waveform.
If the gate pulse is early in each half cycle, the power
level will be high (ie, the lamp will be bright). Conversely,
if the gate pulse comes late in each half-cycle, the power
level will be low (ie, the lamp will be dim). This method of
power control is referred to as “phase control”.
WARNING!
This circuit is directly connected to the 230VAC mains.
As such, all parts operate at mains potential (ie, at
230VAC) and contact with any part of the circuit could be
FATAL. This includes both sides of the PC board.
DO NOT connect this device to the mains unless it is fully
enclosed in the specified plastic case. DO NOT remove
the lid of the case or touch any part of the circuit unless
the power cord is unplugged from the mains socket.
This project is not for the inexperienced. DO NOT
attempt to build it unless you know exactly what you
are doing and are completely familiar with mains wiring
practices and construction techniques.
April 2009 23
100Ω
100 µF
16V
100nF
IRD1
6
RGB
LED1
Kb λ
A
2
Kr
λ
A
1
Kg
λ
A
14
3
λ
1kΩ
470 µF
16V
Vdd
1
2
10
RB4
RA2
RA1
470Ω
RA0
4
RB1
MCLR
Kb
λ
A
3
Kr
λ
A
Kg
λ
A
RB2
RB3
15
X1
10MHz
22pF
22pF
16
17
A1
G
A
Vss
5
(LINK* )
470nF
250VAC
X2
1kΩ 5W
D2
UF4004
D1
1N4004
A
K
100Ω
RGB
LED2
470Ω
B
Q1
BC337
18
CAUTION
ALL COMPONENTS
AND WIRING
OPERATE
AT 230V MAINS
POTENTIAL. CONTACT
CAN BE FATAL!
C
E
LAMP
ACTIVE
3
LAMP
NEUTRAL
4
MAINS
NEUTRAL
NOTE* : COMPONENT
VALUES SHOWN IN
GREEN ARE FOR 12V AC
OPERATION ONLY AND
ARE REQUIRED FOR
SAFE TESTING BEFORE
MAINS CONNECTION
3.3M Ω 1W
RB0/ 8
INT0
10kΩ 1W*
4.7nF
BC337
IRD1
A
SC
MAINS
ACTIVE
2
470 Ω 5W*
A
D1, D2, ZD1
2009
100nF
250VAC
X2
L1
47 µH 5A
A2
OSC2
OSC1
CON1
1
K
9
IC1
RA4
PIC18F1320
7
I/SO
RA3
ZD1
5.6V
1W
TRIAC1
BTA16-500
K
E
1
K
IR REMOTE CONTROL LIGHT DIMMER MODULE
3
2
BTA16-500
B
C
RGB LEDS
CHAMFER
A
Kg
Kb
A1
A2
G
Kr
Fig.1: the circuit is based on a PIC18F1320-I/SO microcontroller, a Triac and an IR detector (IRD1). The two RGB
LEDs give the user feedback on the operation and settings.
In order to know when in each half cycle to issue the
gate trigger pulse, the microcontroller must be properly
synchronised to the mains waveform at 50Hz. This is accomplished by a sync pulse taken directly from the neutral
mains connection via a 3.3MΩ 1W resistor. The sync signal
is filtered by a 4.7nF capacitor which forms a low-pass filter
with the 3.3MΩ resistor and synchronisation occurs every
half-cycle of the mains waveform, at a 100Hz rate.
Power supply
You may wonder how the micro can be synchronised
to the mains waveform by connecting it to the Neutral
side of the mains supply. Isn’t this the low-voltage side
of things?
Yes it is but the microcontroller is actually tied to the Active side of the mains supply. Power for the micro is derived
from the mains via a 1kΩ 5W resistor and 470nF capacitor.
The capacitor and resistor act as a current limiting impedance for the associated 5.6V zener diode, ZD1.
The supply circuit works as follows. First, for positive
half-cycles of the 230VAC, current flows via ZD1, the 470nF
capacitor and 1kΩ 5W resistor. At the same time, the 470μF
16V electrolytic capacitor is charged up. Then, for negative
half cycles of the mains, current flows via D1, the 470nF
capacitor and the 1kΩ resistor. The result is that the 470μF
capacitor is charged to 5.6V - 0.6V = 5V DC.
The impedance of the 470nF capacitor at 50Hz is 6.77kΩ
24 Silicon Chip
and in series with the 1kΩ resistor this gives a total impedance of 6.84kΩ. Hence the 5V supply can deliver up to
23mA. Apart from the current drain of the micro itself and
IRD1, the circuit must supply the gate power to the Triac
and drive the two RGB LEDs. These LEDs are connected
with each of the six cathodes connected to a different I/O
pin of the micro, IC1.
The common anodes of the two RGB LEDs are connected
together and to the 5V rail via a single 1kΩ current limiting resistor. For this reason, only one LED (there are three
within each RGB LED) is ever lit at any one time.
The LEDs are lit to acknowledge key presses, to prompt
Programming The PIC Micro
If you purchase this project as a kit, the PIC microcontroller
will be pre-programmed. If not, you will need to program
the PIC with the file 1010409A.hex before soldering it to
the PC board.
To do this, refer to the “PIC Programmer SOIC Converter”
published in the November 2007 issue (page 67) of SILICON
CHIP. That simple project will allow you to interface the
SMD PIC to a common PIC programmer with a ZIF socket.
The PC board for this adaptor is available from RCS Radio.
Alternatively, SILICON CHIP can supply a programmed
PIC for $A25 including postage.
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – Intelligent Dimmer
Fig.2: this oscilloscope screen grab shows an incandescent
lamp being switched using phase control. The yellow trace
shows the waveform at the A2 terminal of the Triac.
the user for input and to give feedback on current settings.
We explain the user operation in detail below.
Signals from the IR remote control are amplified, filtered
and decoded by the receiver module (IRD1). The 100Ω resistor and 100μF capacitor are used to decouple its 5V supply.
The data output at pin 1 of IRD1 is connected to pin 10 of
IC1 and configured as a digital input.
Construction
The Intelligent Dimmer is built on a single-sided PC board
coded 10104091 and measuring 76 x 50mm. It is housed in
a sturdy polycarbonate case (125 x 85 x 55mm) with a clear
lid and neoprene lid-sealing gasket.
The component overlay diagrams for both sides of the PC
board are shown in Fig.3. Note that the circuit diagram and
Fig.3 both show three components which must initially be
installed to allow the dimmer to operate at 12VAC. This
enables you to check its operation at a safe low voltage
before changing these parts to allow it to operate at 230VAC.
To build the 12VAC version, you simply install a wire
link in place of the 470nF 250VAC capacitor, a 470Ω 5W
resistor instead of the 1kΩ 5W unit and a 10kΩ 1W resistor
instead of the 3.3MΩ 1W unit.
Check the PC board for any defects before starting the
assembly. That done, the next job is to install the programmed PIC microcontroller on the copper side of the
board. Note that the microcontroller is a SMD and must be
the 18F1320-I/SO (in the SOIC 18-pin package). Make sure
it is oriented correctly.
You will need a fine-tipped soldering iron to do the job.
Position the IC over the pads and solder pins 17 & 18 first.
Then solder pin 9, followed by the remaining pins.
Be careful not to get solder bridges between adjacent pins.
If you do, a good way to remove them is to use solder wick
(Jaycar NS-3026, Altronics T-1210).
Once the micro is in, flip the board over and install the
parts on the component (top) side. Start by installing the
four wire links, plus the link in place of the 470nF 250VAC
capacitor. Follow these with the seven resistors. Start with
the smallest and leave the 470Ω 5W wirewound resistor
until last.
Install the diodes next. These are polarised so be sure to
siliconchip.com.au
1 PC board, code 10104091, 76 x 50mm
1 IP65 sealed ABS plastic case with clear lid, 125 x 85
x 55mm (Jaycar HB-6246, Altronics H-0324)
1 flush-mount 3-pin mains socket (Jaycar PS-4094,
Altronics P-8241)
1 IEC male chassis connector with mounting holes
(Jaycar PP-4005, Altronics P-8320B)
1 10MHz crystal (X1)
1 47μH 5A inductor (Jaycar LF-1274, Altronics L-6617)
1 4-way “Dinkle” vertical socket (CON1) (Jaycar HM3114, Altronics P-2534)
1 4-way “Dinkle” screw terminal plug (Jaycar HM-3124,
Altronics P-2814)
1 10A IEC mains cord
Semiconductors
1 PIC18F1320-I/SO SOIC microcontroller (Farnell
9762027) programmed with 1010409A.hex (IC1)
1 IR receiver (Jaycar ZD-1952, Altronics Z-1611)
1 BTA16-500 isolated tab Triac (TRIAC1), Altronics
Z-1710 – DO NOT substitute
1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q1)
2 RGB 5mm common anode LEDs (LEDs 1 & 2)
1 1N4004 diode (D1)
1 UF4004 ultrafast diode (D2)
1 1N4734 1W 5.6V zener diode (ZD1)
Capacitors
1 470μF 16V electrolytic
1 100μF 16V electrolytic
1 470nF (0.47μF) 250VAC X2 metallised polypropylene
(Jaycar RG-5240, Altronics R-3132)
1 100nF (0.1μF) 250VAC X2 metallised polypropylene
(Jaycar RG-5236, Altronics R-3122)
1 100nF MKT (code 104, 100n or 0.1)
1 4.7nF MKT (code 471, 4n7 or 0.0047)
2 22pF ceramic (code 22p)
Resistors (0.25W, 1% unless specified)
1 3.3MΩ 1W
2 470Ω
1 10kΩ 1W*
1 470Ω 5W wirewound*
1 1kΩ
2 100Ω
1 1kΩ 5W wirewound
(* 12V operation only)
Miscellaneous
3 M3 x 25mm Nylon screws (to secure PC board)
2 M3 x 15mm Nylon screws (for IEC connector)
3 M3 x 12mm Nylon spacers
10 M3 Nylon nuts
1 100mm of 0.7mm-dia. tinned copper wire (for links)
1 200mm length 3-core mains flex (250V 10A rating)
1 4.8mm red spade connector, fully insulated
1 4.8mm blue spade connector, fully insulated
1 4.8mm yellow spade connector, fully insulated
5 100mm cable ties
Additional Parts Required For testing
1 12V AC 500mA or 1A plugpack
1 12V 300mA light globe (Jaycar SL-2656, Altronics
S-4047)
April 2009 25
The “normal” component side of
the PC board carries most of the
components . . .
get their orientation correct. The zener
diode and the 1N4004 go in the top
righthand corner, while the UF4004
(D2) goes near the Triac.
Now solder in the BC337 NPN transistor (Q1). It can only go in one way. That
done, bend the leads of the Triac down by
90° about 9mm from its body, then install it so
that it sits horizontally on the PC board (metal tab
down) as shown in Fig.3 and the photos. Do not substitute
for the Triac – check its part number carefully.
The capacitors can now go in. The two larger electrolytic
capacitors must be oriented correctly.
The 47μH inductor is next on the list – it sits vertically
on the PC board. Make sure that the enamel coating on the
leads is stripped away on the tips prior to soldering. Follow with the 4-way socket (CON1) and the 10MHz crystal.
. . . however there are four, including
the microcontroller, mounted on the
copper side (see enlargement at left).
Note particularly the orientation of
CON1 – it must be installed exactly as
shown, with its grooved side towards the
righthand edge of the PC board.
Now flip the PC board over to the copper side again. There are three more components to be fitted to this side: the two RGB
LEDs and the infrared receiver module IRD1.
Start with the two RGB LEDs. These go in with a
very specific orientation so refer to the component overlay
before proceeding. Be careful not to use too much heat when
you solder in the LEDs because excessive heat can easily
destroy them (or the fine connecting leads inside the RGB
LED). We recommend using a temperature-controlled soldering station set to no more than around 300°C. The RGB
LEDs sit about 5mm from the PC board and you will need
to also be careful that you don’t melt their plastic housing
Another view of the
completed top side of the PC
board, this time mounted
on the case lid (note: mains
version shown). Be sure to
attach the warning label
to the inside of the lid, as
shown.
26 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the component overlay for both sides of the PC board. Remember that the low-voltage version (green components)
MUST be built first and the module then tested using a 12V AC plugpack. Only if the low-voltage version passes testing
should you proceed to install the three components needed for mains operation (marked with an asterisk – see text).
as you solder the leads to the copper side.
Finally, solder in the infrared receiver module (IRD1).
Its mounted with its leads bent down by 90° about 10mm
from its body. Make sure its domed lens faces upwards, as
shown in the close-up photo.
Testing on low voltage
Your dimmer is now ready for its low-voltage operation tests. First, connect a 12V light bulb (Jaycar SL-2656,
Altronics S-4047) between the LAMP ACTIVE and LAMP
NEUTRAL connections on the 4-way screw terminal block
CON1 (ie, between pins 2 & 3). That done, apply 12VAC
from a plugpack supply to pins 1 & 4 of CON1. You can then
use your remote control to run through the various dimmer
modes and functions (see features panel).
Note that the low voltage version may show signs of
flickering at high-brightness settings because the synchronisation with the zero crossings of the mains will be offset
by the AC plugpack. This problem should not occur with
mains operation.
Converting to mains operation
Having successfully tested the circuit with a 12V AC
plugpack and light bulb, you can now disconnect power
and install the three components for mains operation:
the 470nF 250VAC X2 capacitor (ie, remove the link), the
85
(LEFT-HAND END OF BOX)
(RIGHT-HAND END OF BOX)
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
28.5
6
55
5
18
5
6
14
33.5
10.9
19
5
CUTOUT
FOR GPO
A
A
14
HOLES A: 3.0mm DIAMETER,
HOLE B: 4.5mm DIAMETER
B
CUTOUT FOR
IEC MAINS
INPUT PLUG
9.5
15
20.75
16.75
Fig.4 (above): the cutouts you will need to make in the case to accommodate the IEC mains input connector and the
230V mains outlet on the opposite end.
Fig.5 (left) shows how the PC
board “hangs” from the case
lid on M3 x 12mm tapped
Nylon spacers. Be sure to
use Nylon screws and nuts to
secure the assembly
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 27
SPADE CONNECTORS
WITH HEATSHRINK
SLEEVES
DINKLE CONNECTOR
(INVERTED)
CABLE TIE
MAINS ACTIVE
LAMP ACTIVE
LAMP NEUTRAL
MAINS NEUTRAL
A
N
E
N
IEC MALE
MAINS INPUT
CABLE TIE
E
A
NOTE: USE ADDITIONAL CABLE TIES TO SECURE
MAINS WIRES TO GPO LUGS – SEE PHOTO
GPO MAINS
PANEL OUTPUT
(LOWER PART OF CASE)
Fig.6: this diagram shows the wiring within the case and the lengths of mains-rated
cable you’ll need. Match this with the photograph below and you can’t go wrong!
80mm LONG
120mm LONG
NEUTRAL
ACTIVE
EARTH
This close-up view shows how the GPO
outlet socket is wired. Note how the
wires are secured to the socket using
cable ties.
3.3MΩ 1W resistor and the 1kΩ 5W resistor.
Having done that, the case can then be prepared to accept
the hardware. We used an IP65 sealed ABS case with clear
lid and with dimensions of 125 x 85 x 55mm.
You will need to make two cut-outs in the sides to fit the
male chassis-mount IEC socket and the 3-pin GPO outlet
socket. The template is shown in Fig.4. The IEC socket is
attached using two Nylon M3 x 12mm screws and four nuts.
The second nut at each location locks the first in place,
to ensure that the IEC socket cannot possibly come loose.
Important: do NOT use metal screws to secure the IEC socket
28 Silicon Chip
(or PC board). Because all the circuitry inside the case will be
at 230VAC potential we don’t want any exposed metalwork on
the case, so Nylon screws must be used. For the same reason,
you must house this project in the specified plastic case. DO
NOT use a metal case.
You now need to make the internal connections between
the IEC input socket, the 4-way “Dinkle” plug connector
for the PC board and the 3-pin GPO socket. Use 250VAC
3-core flex for this job. Strip the outer sheath to reveal
the three coloured wires – brown is for Active, blue is for
the Neutral and green/yellow is for the Earth connection.
siliconchip.com.au
The Dinkle connector is plugged into CON1 as shown here.
Make sure that its mains Active lead is adjacent to zener
diode ZD1 on the PC board, with the Neutral wires towards
the 1kΩ 5W resistor.
Be sure to wire the Dinkle connector plug exactly as shown in
Fig.6 and the photo below it.
A ratchet-driven crimping tool is needed to crimp the
ends of three wires connecting to the male IEC socket
with the 4.8mm spade lugs. Don’t rely on squeezing with
plier-type (automotive) crimpers, as these will not give safe,
reliable connections. The connections are shown in Fig.6.
If you are unable to obtain fully-insulated 4.8mm connectors, then use non-insulated connectors but be sure to
fully insulate them using 6mm-diameter heatshrink tubing
after the leads have been crimped – see photo.
Use cable ties to secure the mains wiring as shown in Fig.6
and the photos. Note particularly how the Active, Neutral
and Earth leads are connected to the GPO outlet socket and
secured using cable ties. The terminals are marked “L” (for
Active or Live), “N” for Neutral and “E” for Earth. Check
that each mains wire is run to its correct terminal on both
the outlet socket and the IEC input connector.
Drilling the lid
The next step is to drill the mounting holes in the lid for
the PC board. Fig.8 shows the mounting hole locations and
can be used as a drilling template. The front-panel label
can then be attached. Cover the label with clear film and
cut out the window before fitting it. It can be affixed to the
lid using a thin smear of neutral-cure silicone sealant as
the adhesive. Finally, cut out the three PC board mounting
Important Points To Check
(1) Be sure to use the specified ABS plastic case & note that Nylon
screws must be used to secure the IEC connector and to secure
the PC board to the lid (via tapped Nylon spacers).
(2) Use mains-rated cable for all connections to the IEC mains
socket and to the flush-mount 3-pin mains outlet socket. Secure
these leads with cable ties as shows in Fig.6 & the photos.
(3) Use fully insulated spade connectors to terminate the leads to
the IEC connector. A ratchet-driven crimping tool is necessary to
fit these spade connectors and ensure safe, reliable connections.
siliconchip.com.au
Are Your
Issues Getting
Dog-Eared? $13.95
REAL
VALUE
AT
PLUS P
&P
Are your SILICON
CHIP copies getting
damaged or dog-eared
just lying around in
a cupboard or on a
shelf? Can you quickly find a
particular issue that you need to refer to?
Keep your copies of SILICON CHIP
safe, secure and always available
with these handy binders
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per
order (includes GST). Just fill in and mail the handy
order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call
(02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
April 2009 29
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
Order Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PO BOX 139, COLLAROY NSW 2097
eMAIL: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Phone (02) 9939 3295 Fax (02) 9939 2648
YOUR DETAILS
Your Name__________________________________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Postcode__________
Daytime Phone No. (
)____________________ Email address ________________________________
Method of Payment: q EFT (ring or email for details) q Cheque/Money Order q Visa Card q Master Card
Card No. Card expiry date:
Signature_________________________________________________
YOUR ORDER (SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT (except subscriptions!)
SIMPLY TICK THE ITEMS REQUIRED – DON'T FORGET TO FILL IN DETAILS ABOVE. WE'LL WORK THE TOTAL OUT FOR YOU AND SEND YOU A RECEIPT WITH YOUR ORDER
SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIPTIONS (all prices include P&P)
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS (INC. GST)..............................................................$89.50
AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS WITH BINDER (INC. GST) ...................................$105.00
AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS (INC. GST)............................................................$172.00
AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS WITH BINDER (INC. GST) ...................................$203.00
NEW ZEALAND 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL)................................................... $AU96.00
NEW ZEALAND 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ............................................... $AU190.00
OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL).................................. $AU135.00
OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ................................ $AU260.00
OTHER ITEMS
q
SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES – $9.50 within Australia; $13.00 overseas –
includes P&P – (where in stock - photocopy of article supplied where issue is out of stock).
Price is for each back issue or each article photocopy
*Nominate issue and article required: Month:...................................... Year:.........................
Article required if no back issue:.............................................................................................
q
ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA/ETI ARTICLE PHOTOCOPIES
(sorry, all back issues are now out of stock). Price is for each article photocopy
– price includes P&P – .......................................$9.50 within Australia; $13.00 overseas
*Nominate issue and article required:
Magazine: ......................................... Month:...................................... Year:.........................
Article required:......................................................................................................................
*Please attach list if more than one back issue or photocopy required. There is a 10%
discount for ten or more back issues and//or photocopies
q
SILICON CHIP MAGAZINE BINDERS (Available Australia only)............$13.95
(P&P is $7.00 per order; buy five or more in one order for FREE P&P)
P&P RATES:
Subscriptions, back issues and project reprints: P&P included
Binders (available Australia only): $7.00 per order; for 5 or more P&P is free.
Books: Aust. $7 per order; NZ: $AU12 per book; Elsewhere $AU18 per book
SILICON CHIP BOOKSHOP (P&P additional – See below)
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
p
q
q
q
q
q
p
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
AC MACHINES................................................................................................ $66.00
AMATEUR SCIENTIST CD .............................................................................. $62.00
ANALOG CIRCUIT TECHNIQUES W/DIGITAL INT........................................... $88.00
ANALOG ELECTRONICS............................................................................... $100.00
AUDIO ELECTRONICS.................................................................................. $101.00
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN ............................................................ $87.00
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES ........................................................................ $85.00
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES.................................................................. $55.00
ELECTRONIC PROJECTS FOR CARS.............................................................. $12.95
HANDS-ON ZIGBEE ....................................................................................... $96.50
MICROCONTROLLER PROJECTS IN C FOR 8051.......................................... $81.00
NEWNES GUIDE TO TELEVISION AND VIDEO TECHNOLOGY........................ $60.50
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE........................................................................... $137.00
PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS.................................................... $19.80
PIC IN PRACTICE........................................................................................... $60.00
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS - KNOW IT ALL................................................... $79.95
PIC MICROCONTROLLER - PERSONAL INTRO COURSE............................... $52.00
POWER SUPPLY COOKBOOK....................................................................... $109.00
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV ((NEW! 7th edition)........................... $49.00
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK .......................................................................... $80.00
PRACT. VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES/POWER ELECT........................................ $94.00
PROGRAMMING 16-BIT MICROCONTROLLERS IN C.................................... $80.50
RADIO, TV AND HOBBIES ON DVD-ROM ...................................................... $62.00
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN...................................................................................... $67.00
ROBOT BUILDER'S COOKBOOK..................................................................... $63.00
SELF ON AUDIO (2nd edition)........................................................................ $83.00
SOLAR SUCCESS - GETTING IT RIGHT EVERY TIME (NEW!)........................ $47.50
SOLAR THAT REALLY WORKS (NEW!).......................................................... $42.50
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z (inc CD-ROM)..................................... $106.00
TV ACROSS AUSTRALIA (NEW!)................................................................... $49.95
VIDEO SCRAMBLING AND DESCRAMBLING................................................. $95.00
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL
FAX (24/7): (02) 9939 2648
TO PLACE
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au OR Fax this form (or a photo- OR This form to PO Box 139 OR
30 S
ilicon C
hiporder & credit card details
with
Collaroy NSW 2097
YOUR
ORDER
copy) with all details
*ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
siliconchip.com.au
your credit
card details
03/09
8
A
40
Drilling Template
for Lid Recess
A
This view shows the prototype
before the front panel was fitted.
A
67.5
16
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
WARNING! ALL PARTS
OPERATE AT LETHAL VOLTAGE.
DO NOT CONNECT TO MAINS
UNLESS ENCLOSED IN CASE.
Fig.8: this warning
label should be
affixed inside the
case, eg, to the lid.
HOLES “A” 3.0mm DIAMETER, COUNTERSINK
Fig.8: use this diagram as a drilling template for the case
lid (it fits in the recess in the top of the lid).
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Warning: all parts inside operate at high voltage
holes using a sharp knife.
To improve the presentation in the magazine, we sprayed
the outside of the case with a cream gloss plastic paint but
this step is unnecessary for the home constructor. This was
done before the label was attached and after first removing
the wiring and the two sockets and masking off the holes
so that no paint could get inside. The lid was left on but
the top recess was masked off to leave a clear window for
the LEDs and IR receiver.
If you do elect to paint the case, use plastic paint and make
sure that no paint gets inside as this could compromise its
insulation properties.
Mounting the PC board
The PC board is mounted on the clear lid of the case using
three M3 x 25mm Nylon screws, three M3 x 12mm Nylon
spacers and six nuts – see Fig.5. Note again that you must
use Nylon screws and standoffs to ensure safety.
Once the board has been mounted, the Dinkle connector
can be plugged into CON1. As shown in one of the photos, it
should go in with its screw terminals towards the 470nF 250VAC
capacitor and with the “Mains Active” wire adjacent to zener
diode ZD1. Check this carefully, then attach the lid to the case.
Getting it going
The next step is to use your multimeter (set to a low
ohms range) to check between the earth pin of the IEC
connector and the earth pin of the flush-mounting mains
output socket. You should get a reading of zero ohms here
(this checks the integrity of the earth connection).
Before applying power, refer to the warning panel earlier in
the article. All the circuitry operates at 230VAC and you must
NOT connect this device to a mains wall socket unless it is fully
enclosed in its plastic case (ie, with the lid on). If it’s plugged
in, the circuit could still be live even if the mains switch
is off at the wall – ie, if Active and Neutral have been
transposed at the wall socket. You have been warned!
Provided the lid is fastened down, you can now plug
in a lamp and apply mains power to the unit via the IEC
siliconchip.com.au
CUT OUT
THIS WINDOW
BEFORE
ATTACHING
LABEL
t
n
o
C
e
t
t Remo
n
Intellige
er
m
m
i
D
rolled
500W
MAX
Fig.9: this full-size artwork for the front panel can also be
downloaded from our website.
socket. If you are using a Digitech remote control from
Jaycar (Cat. AR-1726), just set it to VCR code 917 and it
should just work. Check the panel on the following pages
for information on using other remote controls.
Reducing standby power
Although the standby power is relatively low at about
1W, you may wish to eliminate this by switching power off
altogether when the dimmer is not in use. The best way to
do this is with an in-line switch in the mains cord to the
IEC socket. Suitable inline switches can be obtained from
Jaycar (PS-4075) or Altronics (P-8237).
When you turn power off using the switch, the brightness setting level will be restored when you apply power
next time.
OVERLEAF: Dimmer features – and how to use them!
April 2009 31
Dimmer Features – And How To Use Them!
The remote control
We tested the Intelligent Light Dimmer with a range of universal
infrared remote controls, including the Digitech AR-1726 (Jaycar
Cat. AR-1726). Set the Digitech remote control to the VCR-917
code (this is the code for a Philips VCR). This is the default
(pre-programmed) code in the PIC micro (IC1), so if you use the
Digitech remote, you don’t have to do anything else!
However, the dimmer can be operated using any RC5 remote
control, because the control codes can be “learnt”. There are 20
codes that the light dimmer recognises and these are listed in
Table 1, together with their function.
If the light dimmer senses infrared activity but it is not one of
the 20 codes recognised, it will be ignored. However, if the same
unrecognised code is pressed 10 times consecutively, the light
dimmer will enter the remote control programming menu that lets
you define the remote control codes for each of the 20 functions.
Once this menu is entered (you will see the LEDs flash to indicate
that the menu is being entered). You will then be prompted, by
Button Name
OK/ADDRESS
flashing LED codes, to define each of the 20 remote control codes
used to operate the light dimmer. The LED codes for each command
are shown in the LED Code column in Table 1.
So, for example, when you see the LED code for “1” (a single
flash from the top green LED), you should press the key on your
RC5 remote that you want to define for the function that “1” has (in
this case, it functions both to enter settings and to set the brightness
to 11% of full brightness).
After all 20 remote control codes have been successfully defined,
they will be stored in EEPROM, so this only needs to be done once.
User operation
As noted above, up to 20 keys can be programmed with separate
functions. For example, the number keys are used to dim to preset
levels, while the VOL UP and DOWN buttons can dim up and down in
fine increments. The Channel UP and DOWN keys are used to change
the operating mode (five modes), the MENU button lets you enter
one of the 10 menus and the INFO button lets you see the current
Function(s)
LED Code
In normal operation, this button is used to set the
BBLUE x 2
address (OK/ADDRESS + number). If inside a menu, it
can be used to exit the menu.
Recommended Key
Definitions for the Digitech
AR-1726 remote (defaults)
Press ‘OK’
TOGGLE
If light is on, dims it to off. If the light is off, dims it
up to full brightness. If inside a menu, this is used to
toggle the sign of the number being entered.
BBLUE x 1 + TBLUE x 2 (dimming up) or Press ‘MUTE’
TBLUE x 1 + BBLUE x 2 (dimming down)
MODE UP
Go up to the next mode. The modes are, in order:
Normal, ZV, Sleep, Flashing and Security.
BBLUE x 1 + TBLUE x 1
Press ‘Channel Up’
MODE DOWN
Go down to the previous mode. The modes are, in
order: Normal, ZV, Sleep, Flashing and Security.
TBLUE x 1 + BBLUE x 1
Press ‘Channel Down’
INFO
In normal operation, this button is used to get
information about the current settings. Press INFO +
number to get the appropriate setting according to
Table 3.
BGREEN x 1 + TBLUE x 1
Press ‘STOP’
MENU
In normal operation, this button is used to enter a
menu to change a setting. Press MENU + number to
enter the appropriate menu according to Table 2.
BGREEN x 1 + TRED x 1
Press ‘MENU’
Dim up finely by 4%
BGREEN x 1
Press ‘Volume Up’
DOWN
UP
Dim down finely by 4%.
BRED x 1
Press ‘Volume Down’
PLAY
Recall your favourite brightness level and operating
BGREEN x 2
mode (you must have previously saved those by using
the RECORD button).
Press ‘Play’
Press to save the current brightness and operating
mode. You will then be able to recall these settings at
any time by pressing PLAY.
BRED x 2
Press ‘Record’
0
Dim to off.
TRED x 1
Press ‘0’
1
Dim to 11% of full brightness.
TGREEN x 1
Press ‘1’
2
Dim to 22% of full brightness.
TGREEN x 2
Press ‘2’
3
Dim to 33% of full brightness.
TGREEN x 3
Press ‘3’
4
Dim to 44% of full brightness.
TGREEN x 1 + BBLUE x 1
Press ‘4’
5
Dim to 55% of full brightness.
BBLUE x 1
Press ‘5’
6
Dim to 66% of full brightness.
BBLUE x 1 + TGREEN x 1
Press ‘6’
7
Dim to 77% of full brightness.
BBLUE x 1 + TGREEN x 2
Press ‘7’
8
Dim to 88% of full brightness.
BBLUE x 1 + TGREEN x 3
Press ‘8’
9
Dim to full brightness.
TGREEN x 1 + BBLUE x 2
Press ‘9’
RECORD
Table 1: a suggested remote control code definition sequence using an RC5 remote control. This assumes you are using the
Digitech AR-1726 universal remote control (although other universal remotes should be similar and may be used). Note that
TGREEN denotes the top green LED, TRED the top red LED while BBLUE denotes the bottom blue LED, etc.
32 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
MENU Number
MENU Function
INFO Number
INFO Function
0
Reset and restore all default settings
0
Firmware Version (HLL=version H.LL)
1
Time Out Period (Minutes)
1
Time Out Period (Minutes)
2
Flash Modulus
2
Flash Modulus
3
Quiescent Level
3
Mains Frequency (0.1 Hz)
4
Address (0=Broadcast)
4
Address (0=Broadcast)
5
Limiting Phase 0 (Positive Half Cycle)
5
Limiting Phase 0 (Positive Half Cycle)
6
Limiting Phase 1 (Negative Half Cycle)
6
Limiting Phase 1 (Negative Half Cycle)
7
Offset Phase 0 (Positive Half Cycle)
7
Offset Phase 0 (Positive Half Cycle)
8
Offset Phase 1 (Negative Half Cycle)
8
Offset Phase 1 (Negative Half Cycle)
9
Dimming Delay
9
Dimming Delay
Table 2: the menu options. In each case, you press the
MENU button followed by the appropriate number to
choose that menu. Entering a menu is indicated by a
specific sequence on the two RGB LEDs. You can then use
other keys to set up the property (see text). In all cases, you
press OK/ADDRESS to exit the menu.
Table 3: the information options. In each case, you press
the INFO button followed by the appropriate number to
choose that option. The information is then displayed
using the two RGB LEDs and can represent decimal
numbers by different sequences of blinks (see text).
settings and so on. Each time you press a recognised command,
the two RGB LEDs will flash to acknowledge the command which
will then be executed.
When a set dimming level has been reached, there will be an additional acknowledgment LED code of the operating mode.
So, for example, if you press “3”, the LED code for “3” will be shown
and then the dimmer will perform the command that it corresponds
to. In this case, it will dim the light up or down in brightness so that
it is at 33% of full brightness. When that level is reached, the light
dimmer will issue the LED code for the current operating mode.
numbers have their digits codes shown in order from left to right.
When a number is displayed, the sign is displayed first. For
example, the code to display 128 is (POSITIVE + 1 green blink +
2 green blinks + 1 blue blink + 3 green blinks). To display -2400
however, the code is (NEGATIVE + 2 green blinks + 1 green blink
+ 1 blue blink + 1 red blink + 1 red blink).
Once you use the light dimmer, you will quickly become used
to the LED codes.
Number codes
The red blink indicates zero. One, two and three green blinks
indicate, respectively, 1, 2, and 3. A blue blink indicates 5. Fig.10
shows all the number codes, along with the codes for plus and minus.
Numbers like 128 or -2400 can also be shown. These multi-digit
+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
1x
2x
1x
(1) Normal mode
Normal mode is the default. In this mode, the light can be
dimmed over the full range. If the timeout is not disabled, the
light automatically dims to off if no remote control activity has
been detected for that period of time.
The dimming speed can be changed as well (see below). In this
mode, you can dim the light up or down using the VOL UP & VOL
DOWN and the number keys. You can also use the TOGGLE key
to dim up to full brightness or dim down to off. Pressing any of
the number buttons will dim the light to the preset level of that
button. For example, pressing 4 will dim to about half brightness
(actually 44%). Pressing 0 will dim to off and so on.
continued next page
ZV MODE
1x
1x
1x
There are five operating modes. In order, they are: (1) Normal,
(2) ZV, (3) Sleep, (4) Flashing and (5) Security. You use the Channel
UP and Channel DOWN buttons to change the mode.
NORMAL MODE
3x
1x
Operating modes
1x
2x
1x
3x
1x
2x
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.10: the LED
acknowledge pattern
codes for plus and
minus, along with the
numbers 0-9. These
LEDs are clearly visible
through the window in
the front panel.
SLEEP MODE
FLASHING MODE
SECURITY MODE
ENTERING MENU
EXITING MENU
Fig.11: the LED
acknowledge
pattern codes for
the five modes
plus entering and
exiting the menu.
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
2x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
1x
April
pril 2009 33
Timeout Period
Digit Code
(minutes)
Timeout Period
Power Consumption
of a 100W light for
the timeout period
30
60
120
180
240
360
720
1440
9999
0000
Half an Hour
1 Hour
2 Hours
3 Hours
4 Hours
6 Hours
Half a Day
A Day
Almost a week
Disabled
0.05 kWh
0.10 kWh
0.20 kWh
0.30 kWh
0.40 kWh
0.60 kWh
1.20 kWh
2.40 kWh
16.67kWh
–
There are a number of menus that let you change the default
behaviour of the light dimmer. To enter menu X (where X is in the range
0-9), you press MENU + X whereas to get information on a setting you
enter INFO + X. The complete list of menus and information options is
given in Tables 2 & 3.
If you want to change the rate at which the lamp dims, you
enter the menu mode, press the 9 button and then enter the
dimming delay (0 to 9999) and press OK.
(2) ZV mode
In ZV (zero voltage) mode, the light is only ON or OFF. This
may be used for non-dimmable CFLs. You use the same dimming controls as for Normal mode, except that you only need
to use 0 (fully off) or 1 (fully on). The TOGGLE key still retains
its former action.
Sleep Mode functions the same as
Normal Mode except that the light is
gradually dimmed to off for the duration of the timeout period (when there
is no IR activity).
This is useful, for example, for setting a baby to sleep. You could set the
timeout period to 30 minutes, set the
dimmer to sleep mode and then set the
initial brightness.
While the timeout period can be
anything from 1 minute to 1 week, the
sleep mode function will only work with
timeout periods between 1 minute and
255 minutes (4.25 hours).
(4) Flashing mode
In Flashing mode, the light will flash
with a 25% duty cycle at a user set
frequency (see below). This mode is
useful for a shop front display or some
form of beacon application.
34 Silicon Chip
OK/ADDRESS
2x
TOGGLE TO ON
1x
TOGGLE TO OFF
1x
MODE UP
1x
MODE DOWN
1x
INFORMATION
1x
MENU
1x
DIM UP
1x
DIM DOWN
1x
PLAY
2x
RECORD
COMMAND
NOT RECOGNISED
This mode will randomly turn the light on and off at full brilliance,
for a period between five minutes and two hours. This simulates
someone entering a room and turning a light on then later turning it
off, making it perfect for giving a home an “occupied” appearance
even though no-one is at home.
Both the on time and the off time are random; ie, they are not the
same. They could be anywhere between (and including) five minutes
and two hours.
Menus and Information
Table 4: a selection of timeout period codes (in minutes)
and what the timeout period will be. The 4-digit code
in the left column must be entered when prompted in
the timeout period menu to set the appropriate timeout
period. To disable the timeout period function, enter
a code of ‘0000’. To enable it, enter the appropriate
number of minutes. The maximum timeout period is 9999
minutes, or almost a week. The longer the timeout period,
the less chance that it will trigger when the light is in use,
but the less power conservation protection offered.
(3) Sleep mode
(5) Security mode
2x
3x
Timeout period
The timeout period can be set anywhere between 1 minute and
9999 minutes. Setting it to 0 disables the timeout function. To view
the current timeout period, go to INFO+1 whereas to set the timeout
period go to MENU+1.
For example, to set the timeout period to 2 hours, press MENU
+ 1 (then wait to enter the menu, which is acknowledged by a LED
sequence – see Fig.11). Then you would type 1 + 2 + 0 + OK/ADDRESS (OK/ADDRESS is used to exit the menu).
To now view the current timeout period type INFO + 1. You should
see the LED code for +120. Table 4 shows some typical timeout
periods.
Mains Frequency
Pressing INFO + 3 gives the current mains frequency in units of
0.1Hz. For example, a reading of 495 indicates 49.5Hz.
Multi addressable
Setting the light dimmer’s address is easy. Simply press MENU
+ 4. To view the address type INFO + 4. The address can be set
anywhere between 1 and 9. Setting it to 0
(broadcast) disables the address function
and makes the dimmer respond to remote
control commands from any address.
If the address is set to 4 for example,
2x
the light dimmer will ignore any remote
2x
control commands (except INFO commands) not addressed to that address.
1x
This is useful if you want to control two
light dimmers independently with the
1x
same remote. You simply set them to
different addresses.
1x
Suppose you set dimmer one’s address
to 1 and the other to 2. If you want to make
1x
the first one listen, press OK/ADDRESS +
1. That sets the current address for all light
dimmers in range. They then compare
that address to their set address. If it
matches, the light dimmer will not ignore
Fig.12: the LED
the received commands.
acknowledge
Now any subsequent commands will
codes for the
be executed by dimmer 1 but ignored by
commands.
dimmer 2. If you now press OK/ADDRESS
+ 3, assuming there is no other dimmer
siliconchip.com.au
+325V
Note that if you are using the light dimmer in the ZV mode or
flashing mode, the quiescent current level will be ignored.
ZERO VOLTAGE DETECT
VIA INT0
Save and recall options
0V
10ms
30ms
0
20ms
TIME
–325V
Advanced settings
+325V
Offset(0)
Offset(1)
Limiting(1)
0V
At any time, you can use the RECORD button to store the
current brightness and operating mode to non-volatile memory
(EEPROM).
When you next press the PLAY button, these settings are
restored. This can be used to set your favourite brightness level
to be recalled at any time in one touch.
0
Limiting(0)
TIME
–325V
Fig.13: this explains the meaning of the four advanced settings.
The offset can be a positive or a negative number, while the
limiting value is a single unsigned 8-bit number.
nearby, both will ignore any subsequent commands!
You can also disable the selective addressing by setting the
dimmer’s address to 0. Press MENU + 4 to enter the ADDRESS
menu. Then press 0 + OK/ADDRESS to set the address to 0 and
make it listen to any address.
Speed of dimming
The default value for the dimming delay is 10. This gives a
period of around five seconds to dim from one extreme to another.
You can vary the speed of dimming by entering MENU + 9.
Then enter the number. Possible values range from 0 (fastest)
to 9999 (extremely slow).
To set the speed of dimming to take roughly 10 seconds from
one extreme to another, enter the sequence MENU + 9, then wait
to enter the menu, then enter 2 + 0 + OK/ADDRESS to set the
dimming delay to 20. At any time, you can press INFO + 9 to see
the set value. The dimming delay will be echoed back to you as
a number in LED code.
Speed of flashing
In Flashing mode, the frequency of flashing can be varied by
entering MENU + 2. Wait to enter the menu and then you can enter
a number. The higher the number, the slower will be the flashing.
A value of X gives a flashing frequency of approximately 5/(X+1)
Hz. So for example, a value of 19 will give a 0.25Hz flashing
frequency (or a flash roughly every four seconds).
The default flashing value is 10 giving a flashing rate of 0.45Hz
(roughly one flash every two seconds).
Minimum brightness
You can set the minimum lamp brightness which will apply at
all times unless the dimmer is switched off by an in-line switch.
You can set the quiescent level by pressing MENU + 3. You
will then be able to set the quiescent level with the usual dimming buttons (VOL UP and VOL DOWN and the number keys).
Once you are happy with the set level, press OK/ADDRESS to
exit the menu.
siliconchip.com.au
The firmware of this light dimmer allows fine tuning of the
Triac response, in terms of four parameters that can be set by
the user: two limiting values and two offset values (two each for
each of the two half cycles of the mains waveform).
Note that you will not normally need to set these values as the
defaults should be suitable for most incandescent lamps, dimmable CFLs and halogen lamps. In the event that you are driving,
say, a desk halogen lamp, where the 12V power is supplied by a
transformer (plugpack), the load will not strictly be resistive, as
the transformer would present an inductive load.
In this case, this light dimmer allows you to set these four
parameters to control the triggering of the Triac and to customise
the dimmer response.
The limiting values “limiting0” and “limiting1” are 8-bit numbers ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF (hexadecimal). The default values
are 0xFF or 255.
The brightness level is guaranteed to always be less than or
equal to the “limiting0” value in the positive half-cycle of the
mains waveform and less than or equal to the “limiting1” value
in the negative half-cycle of the mains waveform.
A brightness level of N corresponds to the limiting value:
V = 28 x N where N is a digit from 0-9. As a percentage, the
equation becomes: V = 2.55 x P, where P is the percentage of full
brightness. So, for example, a brightness level of 5 corresponds
to the value 140 (or roughly 55% brightness).
Suppose we want to limit the positive half-cycle brightness to
around 55% of full brightness. Then we would enter MENU + 5
(then wait to enter the menu). Then we would type 1 + 4 + 0 +
OK/ADDRESS. This would set the limiting value for the positive
half cycle to around 55%.
This gives you very fine control of the Triac response.
An example: driving a 12V halogen desk lamp
Why would you ever need to change the default values? Suppose you are controlling a desk lamp with a 12V halogen bulb.
The 12V is derived from a transformer in a plugpack and hence
presents an inductive load to the light dimmer.
The inductive load changes the phase relationship and we found
that by choosing values of limiting0 = 0xFF and limiting1 = 0xE0,
we could prevent the desk lamp from flickering when set to the
maximum brightness level.
The flickering occurs because the Triac triggering is occurring
before the zero crossing of the mains rather than after.
The offset setting is a signed 16-bit number (the default value
is 0) which you can also set (it can range between -32768 to
32767). The unit is 800ns. So an offset of 1500 indicates a time
offset of 1.2ms for example. Note that a half cycle of the mains
(at 100Hz) equates to a 10ms period, or in other words a full
SC
offset of 12500.
April
pril 2009 35
Protect your licence & avoid
expensive fines with this . . .
School Zone
Speed Alert
By JIM ROWE
40
Have you been booked for driving
through a school zone at well above the
40km/h limit? It’s easy to do and can be a
very expensive mistake. Here’s a project
to help you stay out of trouble. It keeps
track of the time and flashes a warning
LED during the morning or afternoon
40km/h time periods.
36 Silicon Chip
KM/H ZONES on the roads
near schools can be a real
hazard to your wallet and
your licence. You must remember to
slow down during the specified morning and afternoon time periods. It is
very easy to forget and since many
of these zones now have fixed radar
speed cameras, you can be hit with a
big fine without even knowing it.
It’s true that most school speed
zones are marked with suitable signs,
to warn motorists when they are entering and leaving them. But as yet,
only some of the signs have flashing
lights to warn when the 40km/h limit
actually applies.
What this project does is keep track
of the time and it flashes a warning
LED when the 40km/h speed limit
applies in school zones. The project
itself is housed in a small jiffy box
and is intended to go inside your
glove box. However, the warning LED
is connected to the main box using a
short length of figure-8 cable and can
be mounted in a small hole in the
lower part of your dashboard or in
a small bracket mounted just below
the dash.
It should be inconspicuous but able
to attract your attention when it’s flashing. The LED flashes brightly enough
to attract your attention in daylight
siliconchip.com.au
but not so bright as to dazzle you and
disturb your driving.
What it does
Fig.1: the circuit is based on a PIC 16F628A-I/P microcontroller. This runs the firmware program, scans pushbutton switches S1-S9 and drives LED1
and the four 7-segment displays in multiplex fashion via transistors Q1-Q11.
You can think of the project as a
special kind of alarm clock. It keeps
the time but it has four “alarm time”
settings, two for the start and finish of
the morning 40km/h period and the
other two for the start and finish of
the afternoon speed limit period. The
LED flashes not just at the start of the
40km/h speed periods but all through
their duration.
The heart of the project is a PIC16F628A-I/P microcontroller. The program inside the PIC is already provided with the start and finish times of the
morning and afternoon 40km/h zone
times common throughout Australia:
from 08:00 to 09:30 in the morning and
from 14:30 (2:30PM) to 16:00 (4:00PM)
in the afternoon.
Each of these “alarm time” settings
can be changed if you wish but in most
cases this won’t be necessary.
All you’ll normally have to do is
set the current time and whether or
not it is “normal” or daylight saving
time. There’s also a button to enable or
disable the warning LED, so you can
turn it off for weekends and school
holidays. These settings are easily
changed, as we will explain later.
How it works
Fig.1 shows the circuit. It consists
of the PIC micro, four 7-segment LED
displays, 10 pushbuttons, one LED
and little else. All the real work is
done by the firmware program inside
the PIC micro.
Indeed, most of the circuitry is there
simply to allow you to set the clock’s
time and functions, using the pushbuttons and the 7-segment displays. At
other times the displays are turned
off, to save energy.
The four 7-segment displays are
driven by the PIC micro in multiplexed fashion, with the segments
driven from port pins RB0-RB6 via
switching transistors Q1-Q7, while the
digits are driven from RA0-RA3 via
transistors Q8-Q11. Switches S1-S9
are also scanned by the PIC in multiplex fashion, again using RB0-RB6
as output lines and RB7 and RA4 as
input lines.
The remaining switch (S10) is
provided as a Reset button, to allow
the PIC firmware to be returned to its
original “factory settings” if it should
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 37
S9
S8
S1
HOURS
MIN
SET TIME
Q4
PN200
4004
D1
10k
78L05
R1
+
S4
S5
S6
AM STRT
AM FIN
PM STRT
PM FIN
DLS ON/OFF
NOTE: COMPONENTS AND TERMINAL PINS IN RED ARE FITTED UNDERNEATH BOARD
(S7)
+
22pF
S3
– 12V +
Q5
PN200
Q7
470 F
470 F
S2
battery instead of the 12V car battery is
the value of resistor R1, ie, the charging
resistor for the warning LED flashing
circuit. That’s because LED1 is the
only part of the circuit that operates
directly from the battery input voltage,
via polarity protection diode D1.
The flashing circuitry for LED1
works as follows. Resistor R1 allows
the 470μF capacitor connected to the
anode of LED1 to charge up to the
nominal battery voltage, which takes
a few hundred milliseconds. LED1
does not draw current during this time
because it is controlled by switching
transistor Q8 and this is normally kept
off by the PIC.
When the LED is to be flashed (to
warn the driver that they are now in
a 40km/h time zone), the PIC turns
on Q8 for about 100ms. This allows
LED1 to conduct through the 120Ω
current-limiting resistor, emitting a
bright pulse of light and discharging
the 470μF capacitor in the process.
The PIC then turns off Q8 to switch
off LED1, keeping it off for at least
900ms to allow the capacitor to recharge, ready for the next flash. This
charging and discharging sequence
only happens during the 40km/h zone
times, with LED1 flashing brightly
once per second. It’s a simple arrangement but one that gives bright flashing
despite a relatively low average current drain.
Because switching transistor Q8 is
shared by both DISP1 and LED1, this
results in LED1 flashing unavoidably
whenever you are changing the clock’s
settings or functions, ie, whenever
DISP1 is operating. So you’ll soon
notice that LED1 flashes whenever
settings are being made or changed.
This might be a bit confusing until you
get used to it.
Note that the 7-segment displays
DISP1-DISP4 do not operate when
LED1 is flashing during a 40km/h
zone time.
c
10k
10k
10k
Q6
120
PN200
PN100
Q8
SCHOOL ZONE
012SPEED
09002 ALERT
b
e
d
REG1
1k
1k
1k
1k
X1
4MHz
1k
1k
1k
1k
IC1 PIC16F628A prog
1k
4.7k
10k
10k
4.7k
22pF
PN100
4.7k
100nF
PN100
Q9
Q10
Q11
10k
4.7k
S10
EC8291
KC5472
20090210
4.7k
+
RESET
PN100
120
PN200
PN200
Q2
10k
120
PN200
Q1
10k
Q3
100 F
120
120
120
120
TRELA DEEPS ENOZ LOOHCS
2745CK 1928CE
8002 C
g
f
120
a
DISP1
DISP2
PN200
8888
DISP3
DISP4
LED1
K
S7
A
R1: 3.9k FOR 9V
4.7k FOR 12V
ALERT ON/OFF
ON SOCKET STRIP SPACERS
Fig.2: follow this parts layout diagram and the photo below to assemble
the School Zone Speed Alert. Note that the three electrolytic capacitors are
mounted on the back of the PC board.
Here’s a view of the completed PC board assembly. Switch S7 is mounted on
socket strip spacers so that its button protrudes through the front panel.
ever become “confused” (or rather, if
you yourself become confused).
The PIC has a 4MHz oscillator
using crystal X1 and the two 22pF
capacitors. This is necessary so that
the clock keeps good time – you don’t
want it drifting too much otherwise it
will not perform its duty correctly –
warning you when the school speed
zones apply!
The PIC and all its associated cir-
cuitry runs from a regulated 5V supply
line derived from the battery input via
a 78L05 low-power 3-terminal regulator (REG1). This allows the project to
be powered from a 9V alkaline battery
inside the box or from the vehicle’s
12V battery (note: an internal 9V battery won’t last long, so the vehicle’s
battery is preferable).
The only change that needs to be
made when you decide to use a 9V
Construction
As you can see from the photos, all
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
9
6
1
9
8
38 Silicon Chip
Value
10kΩ
4.7kΩ
3.9kΩ
1kΩ
120Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black orange brown
yellow violet red brown
orange white red brown
brown black red brown
brown red brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
orange white black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown red black black brown
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
This view shows how the three electrolytic capacitors are mounted. The leads
to the warning LED and the battery are secured by looping them through a
cable tie that goes through two holes in the PC board.
of the circuitry and components used
in the project (apart from LED1 and
the battery) are mounted on a small
PC board. This fits inside a standard
UB3 size utility box measuring 130 x
68 x 44mm. If you wish to power the
unit from a 9V alkaline battery, this
can be fitted inside the same box and
under the PC board.
The PC board is coded EC8291 and
measures 123 x 61mm. It is doublesided with plated-through holes, to
avoid the need for any wire links and
to also make assembly as straightforward as possible.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout on the
PC board. To build the unit, just follow this diagram, along with the silkscreening on the board itself, and you
shouldn’t have any problems.
You can begin assembly by fitting
the resistors, followed by the 18-pin
socket for IC1 and the four PC board
terminal pins (two for the battery input and two for the wires from LED1).
These pins are all fitted on the rear of
the board, by the way.
Note that there are pads and holes
for two further pins next to those for
LED1.
We’ve provided the extra pin locations to give you the option of having
pushbutton S7 mounted away from the
board if you wish, rather than (or as
well as) having it mounted directly on
the board. This is because most of the
time S7 is the only switch that needs
to be accessed, to enable the warning
LED for school day driving or disable
it for weekend/holiday driving.
Alternatively, you may prefer to
siliconchip.com.au
have S7 mounted remotely, perhaps
near LED1, so it can be accessed without needing to open the glove box to
reach the main unit.
The next step is to fit the 10 pushbutton switches, with reset switch S10 at
the lefthand end of the board and all of
the others (except S7, if you prefer to
have it connected remotely) in a line
along the front. All of the switches except S7 mount directly onto the board,
so that when the board is mounted
behind the box lid/front panel, their
actuators do not protrude through
the matching access holes – preventing accidental “operation” inside the
glove box.
These switches are accessed via a
ballpoint pen, toothpick or similar
stylus, which isn’t a problem since
they’re only accessed very occasionally. But since S7 will need to be
accessed more often, it’s mounted on
four small socket-pin standoffs, so that
its actuator protrudes through the hole
in the front panel for easy fingertip use.
Solder S7’s terminals to the pins
after mounting it, to prevent it from
coming loose.
Once the switches are in, install the
two 22pF disc ceramic capacitors (to
the right of IC1) and the 100nF multi
layer monolithic (just above pin 1 of
the IC socket). Then you can fit the
three electrolytic capacitors but note
that all three of these are polarised, so
they need to be orientated as shown in
Fig.2. Note that all three electrolytic
capacitors are mounted on the underside of the PC board, with their leads
soldered to the pads on the top of the
1 UB3 jiffy box, 130 x 68 x 44mm
1 PC board, code EC8291, 123
x 61mm
10 SPST micro tactile pushbutton
switches, vertical PC-mount,
6mm actuator (S1-S10)
1 4MHz quartz crystal, HC-49US
case (X1)
1 18-pin IC socket
4 M3 x 9mm tapped spacers
4 M3 x 6mm machine screws,
countersunk head
4 M3 x 6mm machine screws,
pan head
4 1mm diameter PC board pins
1 4-pin SIL socket strip (to
provide the standoffs for S7)
2 1m lengths of figure-8 cable
1 3AG in-line fuseholder
1 3AG 500mA fuse
1 cable tie
1 100mm length 2.5mm-dia.
heatshrink tubing
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F628A-I/P microcontroller,
programmed (IC1)
1 78L05 +5V regulator (REG1)
7 PN200 PNP transistors
(Q1-Q7)
4 PN100 NPN transistors
(Q8-Q11)
1 1N4004 diode (D1)
4 FND500 7-segment common
cathode LED displays
(DISP1-DISP4)
1 5mm high-intensity LED (LED1)
Capacitors
2 470μF 16V electrolytic
1 100μF 16V electrolytic
1 100nF monolithic ceramic
2 22pF NPO disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
9 10kΩ
9 1kΩ
5 4.7kΩ
8 120Ω
1 3.9kΩ (9V) or 4.7kΩ (12V) for R1
Where To Buy A Kit
The development of this project
has been sponsored by Jaycar
Electronics who own the copyright
of the design and firmware. Kits
(Cat. KC-5472) will only be available from Jaycar and its dealers.
board. This is because they are a little
too tall to fit in the 9mm space between
the PC board and the lid, when the two
April 2009 39
Specifications
Flashes a high-brightness LED approximately once per second during the
40km/h school zone periods (normally 08.00-09:30 and 14:30-16:00).
User settings: current time, normal & daylight saving time modes, and ability
to disable the warning LED (eg, at weekends and school holidays, etc). The
starting and finishing times can also be changed.
Timekeeping accuracy: close to the frequency accuracy of the quartz
crystal oscillator; ie, within about 40 parts per million or better than about
one second in seven hours.
Current drain: (1) in silent running mode – less than 4mA; (2) in setting
mode – about 50mA average; (3) in warning mode (LED1 flashing) – about
5mA average.
are assembled together.
The capacitors can either be mounted verically as shown on Fig.3 or
horizontally (ie, with their leads bent
through 90°) as shown in the photos.
In the latter case, secure them in place
using silicone adhesive, to prevent
them from vibrating and coming adrift.
After the electrolytics are in place,
fit the four 7-segment LED displays.
These go in the upper centre of the
board. Make sure that you orientate
each one so that its small circular
decimal point LED is at lower right –
otherwise the display won’t function
correctly.
Next, fit protection diode D1, regulator REG1 and all the discrete driver
transistors (Q1-Q11). Orientate all
these parts as shown in the overlay
diagram and also take care to place the
four NPN (PN100) transistors in the
positions shown for Q8-Q11, below the
7-segment displays. The PNP (PN200)
transistors are used for Q1-Q7.
Now fit crystal X1. A crystal in an
HC-49US low-profile case fits on the
top of the board. It must be installed
slightly proud of the board, to avoid
the possibility of its case shorting to
an adjacent pad.
Alternatively, if the crystal is in the
taller HC-49U case, it must be fitted
on the underside of the board like
the electrolytic capacitors. In this
case, use a thin insulating plastic or
cardboard washer to act as a spacer
to again make sure that the crystal’s
metal case can’t short any of the PC
board’s tracks or pads.
The final step in the board assembly
is to plug the pre-programmed PIC
micro (IC1) into its socket, taking care
both to orientate it correctly and also to
plug it in without straining or bending
any of the pins. Once this is done you
can attach the board assembly to the
rear of the box lid, using four M3 x
9mm tapped spacers and M3 machine
screws. Countersink head screws are
used to attach the spacers to the lid
while pan-head screws are used to
attach the PC board to the spacers.
If you live in a dusty environment,
you may wish to apply an optional 70
x 23mm rectangle of thin clear plastic
film (like photocopier film or laminator pouch material) to the underside of
the lid behind the display window (to
keep out dust). The film can be held
in place using glue around the edges.
Having mounted the board, connect
the remote warning LED using a length
of figure-8 cable – see Fig.3. A second
length of figure-8 cable is then used
to connect the board to a 9V or 12V
power supply. Fit some short lengths
of 2.5mm-diameter heatshrink sleeving over the terminations on the PC
board, to prevent the leads from vibrating a breaking the solder connections.
Note that you will need to drill an
The PC board is mounted on the back of the
case lid via M3 x 9mm tapped spacers and
secured using M3 x 6mm machine screws.
40 Silicon Chip
exit hole in the side of the case for
these cables.
Setting up
To test and set up the unit, first connect a 9V or 12V battery, depending on
the value chosen for R1. It should now
be running, even though you shouldn’t
see anything on either the displays or
LED1 at this stage.
Are you currently in daylight saving or not? If you are, you need to
press switch S6 with a ballpoint pen
or toothpick; hold it down for about
one second. The displays should flash
the message “dSon” once and LED1
should also flash briefly. If you are
not currently in daylight saving, you
don’t need to do this operation until
daylight saving does begin.
Next, set the current time. This is
done by first pressing S1, again holding
it down for a second or so. This causes
the displays to flash the unit’s current
time setting about once per second.
As noted above, LED1 will also flash
briefly along with DISP1.
The initial reading on the displays
should be 0001 or 0002, depending on
how long the unit has been connected
to the battery and running. When first
powered up (or reset), it resets to midnight, or 00:00.
The idea now is to use switch S9
to increment the hours digits to their
current time value, and then S8 to
increment the minutes digits to their
current time value. In both cases, you
simply hold the switch down and the
PIC will increment the reading at a rate
of about once per second. This makes
it easy to get to the current time values
and simply release the switch when
they are reached.
When you have the current time on
the displays, press S1 again and hold it
down for about a second. The displays
will flash the message “SEt”, to show
that the time has been set. The displays
and LED1 then turn off.
Enabling LED1
The final step is to decide whether
you want to enable or disable the operation of warning LED1 – which will
depend on whether it is currently a
school day or not. If it’s not a school
day and you therefore don’t want to
enable LED1, there’s no need to do anything more because when the School
Zone Speed Alert is powered up (or
reset), LED1 is disabled by default.
If it is a school day and you do wish
siliconchip.com.au
INLINE FUSEHOLDER
WITH 500mA FUSE
+
b
e
d
SCHOOL ZONE SPEED ALERT
C 2008
c
EC8291 KC5472
g
f
a
TO 12V SUPPLY
IN FUSEBOX
100 F
–
+
470 F
+
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
470 F
+
LED1
A
20090210
K
Fig.3: the School Zone Speed Alert is connected to a permanent 12V supply at the fusebox in the vehicle’s cabin. Note
the 500mA inline fuse in series with the positive lead.
to enable LED1, simply press switch S7
and hold it down for a second or so. It
should flash twice briefly, to indicate
that it has been enabled.
In most cases, this is all you need to
do to set up your School Speed Alert.
Normally, there is no need to worry
about switches S2-S5, because these
are only needed if the school crossing
time zones in your area are different
from the unit’s default time settings
of 08:00 - 09:30 for the mornings and
14:30 - 16:00 for the afternoons.
Only if you are in an area where the
times are different from these, will you
need to change the two start and finish
time settings using switches S2-S5.
These are used in a very similar way
to the current time settings switch (S1)
and as before, in conjunction with the
hours incrementing switch S9 and the
minutes incrementing switch S8.
You simply press and hold down
the appropriate setting button until
the current setting is shown on the
displays, then change the setting
hours and minutes using S9 and S8.
Then you press the initial setting
button once again, holding it down
until the displays flash “SEt” and go
dark again.
Installation
Once set up, the unit can be connected to the vehicle’s 12V supply. Use
figure-8 cable to do this and make the
connection to a permanent 12V source
in the fusebox inside the cabin. Be
sure to include a 500mA inline fuse
in series with the positive lead (at the
fusebox end) and take care with the
SC
polarity of LED1 – see Fig.3.
siliconchip.com.au
Using The School Zone Speed Alert
The School Crossing Alert is intended to be placed in your car’s glovebox but with
the warning LED (LED1) fitted in a recess in the dashboard or on a small bracket below
it, so its flashing can attract your attention.
There’s normally nothing to do in terms of operating the unit, apart from enabling
the warning LED for driving on school days and disabling it for weekends and school
holidays. Both operations are done simply by opening up the glove box and pressing
switch S7, holding it down for a second or so. The LED will flash twice briefly when
it has been toggled into “warning enabled” mode but it remains off when it has been
toggled into disabled mode.
Daylight saving
The only other operation that needs to be done from time to time is to toggle the unit
into daylight saving mode when daylight saving begins, or back into “normal time” at
the end of daylight saving. Both operations are done using switch S6, pressing it and
holding it down for a second or so. The displays will flash “dSon” when you toggle
into daylight saving mode, or “dSoF” when you’re returning to normal time.
The firmware inside the PIC has been programmed to keep time with much the
same accuracy as a normal quartz clock or watch. As a result, you shouldn’t need to
correct its current time setting very often – once every couple of months, at most.
Because the timekeeping accuracy of the unit does depend on the frequency accuracy
of the 4.00MHz crystal though, some units may need the time to be corrected more
frequently. This is done in exactly the same way as you originally set the time, using
switch S1, switches S9 and S8 and then S1 again to save the new setting.
Trimming the crystal
If your unit turns out to have a crystal whose frequency error is sufficient to require
more frequent resetting, there is another option. This involves replacing the 22pF NPO
ceramic capacitor nearest IC2 on the PC board, with a 6.2-30pF trimmer capacitor
such as the Jaycar RV-5716 (green). This trimmer should be fitted on the rear of the
board, to allow it to be adjusted more easily.
The trimmer will then allow you to set the crystal frequency closer to 4.000MHz,
to bring the timekeeping into line. It will be easiest to find the right setting for the
trimmer by using a frequency counter to monitor the frequency at pin 15 of the PIC.
If you don’t have access to a frequency counter, you will have to set the trimmer
by trial and error. Run the unit for a few hours, then check the current time setting.
If it’s slow, reduce the trimmer’s setting slightly and try again. Conversely, if it’s fast,
increase the trimmer’s setting.
April 2009 41
Share a USB printer or other USB device between two PCs
Manual 2-Way
USB Device Switch
This simple device allows two computers to share a single USB
printer or some other USB device, such as an external flash
drive, memory card reader or scanner. A rotary switch selects
the PC that you wish to use with the USB device, while two LEDs
indicate the selected PC.
By JIM ROWE & GREG SWAIN
T
HE MOST COMMON way to share
a USB printer between two PCs is
to use one machine as a print server.
However, that’s not always convenient because it means that the server
PC must always be on if you want to
print something.
That can be a real nuisance if you
just want to quickly fire up the other
machine and print something out.
It also means that the two PCs must
be networked together, either via a
hub/router or directly via an ethernet
crossover cable.
Another way is to use a dedicated
USB print server. However, as before,
this must be connected to an ethernet
42 Silicon Chip
network, along with the PCs. Such
devices also need their own power
supply, generally cost well over $100
and are overkill if you just want to
share a single USB printer between
two computers for occasional printing
in a home set-up.
That’s where this simple device
comes in. It’s basically a 2-way switch
box that lets you manually switch
your USB printer from one PC to the
other, as required. The switching is
performed using a rotary switch, while
two LEDs on the front panel indicate
which PC has been connected to the
printer.
This method has several advantages.
First, you don’t need to network your
two computers. Second, you can
print from either machine with the
other turned off. And third, the device
doesn’t need a power supply.
It’s also cheap to build and easy to
set up – just run standard USB Type
A to Type B cables from your PCs to
the USB Switch and connect a third
cable from the switch to the printer.
That’s it.
Other devices
This device is not simply confined
to switching a USB printer – it can also
be used to switch other USB devices,
such as USB flash drives, memory
siliconchip.com.au
FROM
PC1
(1)
1
S1a
2
3
4
V+
(2)
CON1
USB TYPE B
SOCKET
S1b
TO
PRINTER
D–
1
2
FROM
PC2
3
S1c
1
4
D+
CON3
USB TYPE A
SOCKET
2
3
4
A
CON2
USB TYPE B
SOCKET
A
LED1
K
S1d
470
K
LED2
GND
SC
2009
card readers, USB digital picture
frames and scanners. However, if you
are switching a USB flash drive, you
must always be sure to go through the
“Safely Remove Hardware” procedure
before switching over, otherwise you
could lose data.
Circuit details
Let’s take a look now at the circuit
– see Fig.1.
There’s not much to it. At the left,
we have two USB Type B sockets to
accept the signals from the two PCs
(PC1 & PC2). These are the upstream
ports and their V+, D- and D+ (data)
lines are connected to switches S1asiliconchip.com.au
K
A
Fig.1: the circuit uses switch poles S1a-S1c to select either USB socket
CON1 or CON2 and connect its pins through to CON3. The fourth pole
(S1d) selects either LED1 or LED2, to indicate which PC has been selected.
470Ω
3
2
4
1
CON1
LED1
A
PC2
PC1
CON3
PC1
4
3
2
3
2
4
1
CON2
1
LED2
TO PRINTER
FROM PC1
1 PC board, code 07104091, 77
x 46mm
1 UB5 plastic utility box, 83 x 54
x 31mm
1 front panel label, 48 x 77mm
2 Type B USB sockets, PC-mount
(CON1, CON2)
1 Type A USB socket, PC-mount
(CON3)
1 PC-mount 4-pole, 3-position
rotary switch
1 knob to suit
4 M3 x 15mm tapped spacers
4 M3 x 6mm machine screws
4 M3 x 6mm countersink-head
machine screws
2 3mm red LED (LEDs1&2)
1 470Ω resistor
USB PRINTER SHARE SWITCH
FROM PC2
Parts List
LEDS
S1
A
PC2
H C TI W S R E T NIRP B S U
19040170
9002 ©
Fig.2: install the parts on the PC board as shown here. Note particularly
the orientation of switch S1. It’s mounted so that the flat side of its shaft
faces CON3 when the switch is in the centre position.
S1c respectively, while their GND
terminals (pin 4) are commoned and
fed through to pin 4 of USB Ty pe A
socket CON3.
Basically S1 is wired as a 4-pole
3-position switch. However, the centre
position is unused. That’s been done to
ensure a clean break when switching
between positions 1 & 2 of each pole,
so that either a break-before-make or
a make-before-break switch can be
used.
In operation, S1a-S1c simply select between USB sockets CON1 and
CON2. In position (1), the outputs from
CON1 are selected and fed through to
the downstream USB output socket
(CON3). Conversely, in position 2,
CON2’s outputs are selected and fed
through to CON3.
Switch pole S1d selects between
LED1 and LED2, to indicate which
input socket (and thus which PC) is
selected. These two LEDs connect
to the V+ (+5V) lines from CON1 &
CON2 respectively, while the associated 470Ω resistor to ground provides
current limiting (to about 10mA).
As a result, LED1 lights when S1
selects position 1 (CON1), while LED2
lights for position 2 (CON2).
CON3 is a USB Type A socket. This
is connected to the USB device (eg, a
printer) via a standard USB Type A to
Type B cable.
Construction
All the parts for the USB Switch are
mounted on a small PC board coded
07104091 and measuring 77 x 46mm.
This assembly fits inside a standard
UB5-size plastic utility box, with recApril 2009 43
B
B
9
PC2
PC1
14
9
A
A
17.75
SILICON
CHIP
USB SWITCH
C
18.25
18.25
16.5
B
B
PERIPHERAL
17
ALL DIMENSIONS
IN MILLIMETRES
CL
HOLES A: 3.0mm DIAMETER
HOLES B: 3.0mm DIAM, CSK
HOLE C: 9.0mm DIAMETER
Fig.3: this diagram shows the drilling and cutout details for the lid (left),
together with the full-size front-panel artwork (right).
This is the fully-assembled PC board. Be sure to install the rotary switch
with the flat side of its shaft towards CON3 (at right) when the switch is
in the centre position. The LED leads are soldered after the board has
been attached to the lid (see text).
The PC board is attached to the lid of the case using four M3 x 15mm
tapped spacers and M3 x 6mm machine screws.
44 Silicon Chip
tangular cutouts at either end to access
the USB sockets.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout on
the PC board. Begin the assembly by
installing the five wire links and the
470Ω resistor. The three USB sockets
can then be installed. Make sure these
sit flush against the PC board before
soldering their pins and don’t forget
to solder the large tabs on either side
of each socket.
Switch S1 is next. First, cut its shaft
to 10mm, then install it on the board
so that the flat side of the shaft faces
CON3 when the switch is in the centre
position. Be sure to push the switch
all the way down so that it sits flush
against the board before soldering its
pins.
Once the switch is in, fit an M3 x
15mm tapped spacer to each corner
mounting position. Secure these using
M3 x 6mm screws. The board assembly
is then complete except for the two
LEDs, which we’ll come to shortly.
Final assembly
Fig.3 shows the drilling details for
the case lid. Four 3mm mounting holes
are required for the PC board, two 3mm
holes for the LEDs and a single 9mm
hole for the switch shaft.
Fig.3 also shows the full-size artwork for the front-panel label. This can
either be photocopied or downloaded
from the SILICON CHIP website and
printed out. Protect it by covering it
with clear contac film, then attach it
to the lid using a thin smear of silicone
sealant as the adhesive. Wait until the
silicone dries before cutting out the
holes using a sharp hobby knife.
The PC board can now be attached
to the lid. First, slip the two LEDs into
position (check their orientation), then
secure the board to the lid using four
M3 x 6mm countersink-head screws.
That done, fit the switch nut, then push
the LEDs through their front-panel
holes and solder their leads.
The final step is to make the cutouts
in the ends of the case for the USB
sockets. You will need two 12 x 10mm
cutouts for the type B sockets and a 17
x 9mm cutout for the type A socket.
These can be made by first marking out
their positions, then drilling a series
of holes around the inside perimeters,
knocking out the centre pieces and
filing them to a neat finish.
That’s it – your USB Switch is now
complete. Attach the lid to the case, fit
SC
the knob and it’s ready to go.
siliconchip.com.au
CATALOGUE
GET YOUR COPY
IN-STORE
APRIL 2009
OUT NOW
REMOTE CONTROL
IR EXTENDER
4 INPUT AV SWITCH
WITH REMOTE
Switch between up to
four HDMI, component (YUV), S-Video or composite video sources,
and up to four optical digital, coax digital or stereo audio sources. Each of the four inputs
provides for component video, composite video, S-video along with stereo audio and digital
audio. HDMI has four inputs that carry both video and audio on one cable allowing for a neat
connection setup. Output to your DVR or TV is provided via the analogue output or HDMI. Any
analogue input can be output to HDMI. A clear backlit LCD tells you what's connected to what
and you can pre-programme the names of your devices for easy
identification. Mains plugpack included, remote unit requires
$
2 x AA batteries.
• HDCP compliant • Supports up to 1080p HDTV
Cat: AC-1687
• Dimensions: 430(W) x 255(D) x 50(H)mm
349
A simple remote controlled
device for switching between two
High-Definition Multimedia (HDMI)
sources. Comes with external IR
receiver on a 2m cable, enabling you
to hide the switcher out of sight.
Powered via the HDMI cable and
fully HDCP compliant.
$
54
95
Extend the range of your IR remote control up
to 100m through walls if need be. IR
commands are sent by the transmitter via
433MHz signal to the receiver in another room,
then sent to the components you want to
control. Great if you want to keep your
$
95
home theatre components out of sight
or make absolutely sure the kids turn the
Cat: AR-1817
TV off when they're supposed to. Mains
plugpacks for transmitter and receiver included.
49
• Transmission range:
Up to 100m line of sight
• Frequency: 433MHz
• Dimensions: 100(Dia) x 120(H)mm
(including antenna)
RFID/FINGERPRINT
ACCESS CONTROLLER
2 INPUT HDMI
SWITCHER
Our new fingerprint scanner reads in less
than two seconds and provides different
output options including Wiegand, NO/NC
relay, alarm or door strike control.
Cat: AC-1691
• Dimensions: 80(L) x
55(W) x 17(H)mm
Due mid April 09
3D HUMAN TORSO
ANATOMY MODEL
Learn where all the important organs
in the body are and how they all
interact with each other. This
highly detailed model shows
all the main organs and they
can be displayed in cutaway
or complete. You can remove
any of the organs and look
inside them to see what goes
where and why. The
complete model is
1:25 scale and is
380mm tall. A
fantastic
educational tool
for home, science
lab or education for all
ages.
• 54 parts with full colour
instruction manual
• Recommended
for ages 8+
$
149
Cat: GG-2389
NEW STORE NOW OPEN
• All metal construction
• Weatherproof & tamperproof
• IR remote control
• Flash memory storage
• Storage for up to
$
120 fingerprints
• Up to 4 supervisors
299
Cat: LA-5122
ECLIPSE
BATTERY PACK
Handy grab-pack of the most
popular Eclipse alkaline
batteries. The case is reusable,
so just keep it in the pantry and
top it up when you run out. The
pack contains:
$
See full range
on page 7
88 Sydney St. Mackay Qld 4740
Ph: 07 4953 0611
SCHOOL ZONE
SPEED ALERT KIT
Ref: Silicon Chip Magazine April 2009
Basically a specialised timer that
alerts you with
a flashing LED
when school
zone-reduced
speeds are in
force. The unit
will flash for the
whole time the
restrictions
operate in the morning and
afternoon. The kit includes all specified components,
double-sided PCB and case with
machined and screen-printed lid.
$
95
29 95
12 x AA, 10 x AAA
4 x C, 4 x D, 1 x 9V
Alkaline Batteries
Cat: SB-1500
TIE CLASP CONDENSER
MICROPHONE
The ideal add-on microphone for your portable
recording device. Great for recording
interviews, conferences
or webcasts etc.
$
24 95
• Output is to 3.5mm plug,
cable length 1200mm.
• Frequency response:
20Hz - 16kHz
• Polar pattern: Omnidirectional
• Sensitivity: -65dB ±3dB
• Impedance: 2.2k
Cat: AM-4101
49
Cat: KC-5472
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders!
1
TEST EQUIPMENT & TOOLS
Digital Stem Thermometer
Indispensable around the house, workshop or lab. Data hold, min/max memory
and stainless steel probe. Battery included.
• Measurement range:
-50 - 200°C / -58 - 392°F
• Accuracy: ±1°C, ±2°F
• Display resolution: 0.1°
• 5000 hour battery life
• 205mm long
$
22
95
Cat: QM-7216
Automotive Crimp Tool with Connectors
Unlike other automotive crimp pliers, this excellent tool comes
with 80 of the most popular
automotive connectors and NOT a
bunch of junk you will never use. The
tool will cut & strip wire, crimp
connectors and also cut a range of
metric bolts. Includes male & female
bullet & spade connectors + eyes,
and butt joiners.
$
95
(See website for
full list of inclusions)
Cat: TH-1848
$
This dynamo powered DMM
requires no batteries. Just crank
the handle for 10 seconds to
provide power for about 10
minutes operation. Ideal for
electrical emergencies on the car
or boat. It also has provision to be
powered by 2 x CR2032 batteries
for those days when kinetic energy
is not available.
• No batteries required
• Capacitance and frequency
• Data hold
• 10A current
$
95
99
Cat: QM-1547
400A AC Clampmeter
An entry-level clampmeter with most of the
fancy features found on more expensive units
such as data hold and auto power-of etc.
• Autoranging
• Relative mode
• AC current
• Diode test
• Audible continuity
• Data hold
• Auto power-off
• Jaw opening 30mm
• Temperature probe
$
69 95
Cat: QM-1561
Also available:
400A AC/DC Clampmeter QM-1563 $119
1000A AC/DC Clampmeter QM-1566 $159
2
$
36 95
499
Cat: QM-1675
Complete solder rework station for production and service use. The temperature
is easily adjusted in 1° increments with simple up/down buttons and the
soldering /rework functions can be operated independently of each other.
Installers can expect to be working with coax cables and
Cat: QP-2289
F-connectors a lot more in the future. Simplify your cable and
connector testing with this handy tool. Simply connect it to the
F-connector and it will give you and audible signal and a red/green
go/no go signal to tell you if there's a short, an open circuit in your
cable or connectors. The F-connector is removable, so you can fit
an adaptor for different types of connectors.
• Machined from aluminium
• Requires 1 x AAA battery
• 100mm long
Cat III Dynamo-Powered DMM
This meter tests pH, temperature,
total dissolved solids (TDS), electrical
conductivity (EC), conductivity factor
(CF) and oxidation reduction potential
(ORP). The large backlit LCD can
display pH plus one other parameter
at a time. Applications include
agriculture and aquaculture, science,
education, research, food and
beverage production, fish
hatcheries, water conditioning and
recycling etc. 9VDC mains adaptor,
charger, buffer solution, probes with holder and carry case included.
ESD Safe Solder Rework Station
13
Coax Cable Tester
Multi-function Water
Quality Meter
60
WATT
• Suitable for lead-free solder
• Celsius and Fahrenheit display
• Microprocessor controlled
• Two backlit LCDs
• Digital temperature display
• Microprocessor controlled
Soldering pencil (Slim, lightweight
pencil for fatigue-free use)
• Power: 60W (heating power 130W)
• Temperature range: 160 - 480°C
• Hot air blower
• Capacity: 24 litres/min max
• 13mm flat-pack nozzle,
2mm nozzle, 4mm nozzle
$
369
Cat: TS-1574
Trade Quality Cat IV 600V/
CAT III 1000V DMM
Ergonomically designed slim shape with
one hand operating knob & buttons. It
has overload protection, easy battery
replacement, is compact, yet extremely
rugged, this DMM would be an
excellent investment for the apprentice
to the professional tradesman.
$
• 4000 count digital display
• 82 segment analogue bargraph
• Large scale display
• True RMS reading on AC mode
• Data hold Min/max function
Auto power off
• Shock proof from 1 metre drop
• Protective holster with tilt stand
199
Cat: QM-1623
Cat IV Fixed Jaw
Clampmeter
The ideal test instrument for
electrical contractors. Compact
and light with probe storage in
the back for easy one-handed
operation. Jaw opening
is 16mm.
$
179
Cat: QM-1567
• Non-contact voltage sensor
• Data hold
• Auto power-off
• Diode test
• Audible continuity test
Due mid April 09
Autoranging Pocket DMM
Pocket-sized DMMs have come a long way. They are proper
test instruments worthy of serious consideration as well as
an excellent range of features. This unit has an easy one
finger dial selector on the front leaving your other hand free.
• Fixed leads
• Shockproof
• Case included
• Auto power-off
$
59 95
Cat: QM-1544
Cat II Autoranging DMM
This Cat II DMM is suitable for
voltages up to 600VAC and has
15mm high digits for
easy reference.
Features include:
• Overload protection
• 10A current
• Diode check
$
Supplied with:
• Rubber holster
• High quality leads
24 95
Cat: QM-1524
All savings are based on original recommended retail prices.
SECURITY & KITS
Pan Tilt Night Vision
Camera System with Monitor
This wireless,
compact and
versatile pantilt camera
system is
designed for
general use
around the
home or office.
The system
can be used to
monitor a
sleeping child's bedroom or keep an eye on the kids
playing in the back yard. Mains plug pack is provided for
both the camera and monitor.
• 1/3" CMOS image sensor
• 380 TV lines
• 2.5" TFT colour screen
• Audio/video out
$
399
Solar
Rechargeable
Keyhole Light
$
$
$30
249
Cat: LA-9018
• Car park locator function • Auto rearming
• Anti-burglary and anti-hijacking
9 95
Was $279
Cat: GH-1832
Professional 8 Channel
MPEG4 DVR
• 16 channel model also available
QV-3041 Was $1999 Now $1599 Save $400
• See web site for full specifications and range
Utilises FSK technology and
will relay the status of
your vehicle to the
key fob
of
up
to 3
kilometres
(direct line of sight).
Comes with a battery back
up siren to give continuous
sound output even if the wires
are tampered or cut off and can
only be turned off with
the security keys (supplied).
Simply push it to turn the
LED light on, and then it
stays on for 15 seconds
before turning off
automatically. Ideal for sheds,
greenhouses or entrance
doors. Each comes with a
choice of chrome, brass or
white finish domes to match
your door fittings.
• Automatically recharges
from sunlight
• Over 700 operations
from one battery charge
• Size: 50(Dia) x 22(H)mm
Cat: QC-3279
A complete 8 channel
professional surveillance
recorder with sophisticated
monitoring and recording
functions including network connect, DVD burner, PTZ camera
control via PELCO D, GPRS support, MPEG4 compression,
and 250GB HDD. Crystal clear image clarity with minimal disk
consumption. Rack mountable.
• Maximum frame rate 200ips (25fps/channel)
Was $1499
• Maximum image resolution 720 x 576 pixels
2 Way Paging Car Alarm with
Rechargeable Remote
DVR Camera
Surveillance Kit
This is an excellent DVR that is ideally
suited to smaller surveillance installations
around the home or office. It uses MJPEG
video compression and can store over 150
hours of video on its 250GB hard drive. Recording setup is simple
and various trigger modes can be set across the day
including timer recording, motion detection
$
& manual operation.
649
$300
Screen Shot
Cat: QV-3063
$
1199
Supplied with four weatherproof colour night vision cameras,
connecting leads and wireless remote.
• For full specifications log on to our website
Cat: QV-3040
DMX Controller
USB Interface
433MHz Remote Switch Kit
Ref Silicon Chip Magazine January 2009
Suitable for remote control of practically
anything up to a range of 200m, for example,
as a replacement for a dead garage door opener.
The receiver has momentary or toggle output
and the momentary period can be adjusted.
$
44 95
Cat: KC-5473
DMX Relay Control Kit
10A Motor Speed Controller Kit
$
64 95
Cat: KC-5477
Tempmaster MKII
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine February 2009
Want to convert an old chest freezer into an energyefficient fridge or beer keg fridge? Or convert a spare
standard fridge into a wine cooler? These are just two of
the jobs this low-cost and easy-to-build electronic
thermostat kit will do. It can also be used to control 12V
fridges or freezers, as well as heaters in hatcheries and fish
tanks. It controls the fridge/freezer or heater directly via
their power cables, so there’s no need to modify the
internal wiring. Short-form kit contains PCB, sensor and all specified
components. You'll need to add your own 240V GPO, switched IEC
socket and case.
A comprehensive kit that includes software, USB cable and enclosure.
There's also a DLL provided so you can write your own
$
software if you like.
• Test software and DMX Light Player software included
Cat: KV-3610
• 512 DMX channels with 256 levels each
• 3 pin XLR-DMX output connector
• Windows 98SE or higher compatible
• Optional 9V battery needed for stand alone test mode
• Dimensions: 106(L) x 100(W) x 44(H)mm
149
• Short-form kit contains PCB & all specified components.
• Requires case and 9V battery • Extra transmitter kit Cat. KC-5474 $22.95
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine February 2009
Suitable for brush motors up to 10A, the
circuit is a revised version of the popular 5A
speed controller from October 2002.
Complete kit includes screen-printed case,
PCB and all specified components. You'll need a
garden-variety IEC lead as well.
KITS TO KEEP YOU BUSY
DURING THE EASTER BREAK!
Control a relay with the DMX512 protocol. It is actually a bus-controlled power driver.
The relay will be activated when the DMX value of the set
channel equals 140 or more and turns off when the value
is 120 or less. Team it with KC-5482 to make a
computer-controlled automation system. Short
form kit contains DMX-512, XLR plug, PCB and
all specified components.
• 512 unique addresses, DIP switch settable
$
95
• LED indication for power supply, relay output and error status
• Relay Hold function in case of DMX signal loss • Switching capacity: 8A
Cat: KV-3612
• Supply voltage: 12VDC • Power consumption: max. 100mA
49
DMX Control Dimmer Kit
$
32 95
Cat: KC-5476
This kit will drive resistive loads like incandescent lamps and mains voltage halogen
lighting. Short form kit contains XLR socket, PCB and all specified components.
• 512 unique addresses, selectable with DIP switch
• Status LED for power and error detection
• Toroidal filtering for low noise
• Stand alone mode for testing
• Load capacity: 1000 W <at> 230V
(5A) or 500W <at> 115V
$
95
• Power Input: 115/230 VAC
• Dimensions: 150(L) x 60(W) x 45(H)mm
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
79
Cat: KV-3614
3
EASTER HOLIDAY CAMPING IDEAS
Weatherproof 130 Lumen CREE® Head Torch
1000 Lumen Luxeon® Torch
With up to 130 lumens from a single CREE® LED, this head torch is
far brighter than most hand-held torches. Three modes - high, low
and flashing.
Powered by 7 Luxeon® Rebel LEDs, this powerful torch is the new benchmark
for the industry, rivalling the brightness of HID. 1000 lumen output is around
the equivalent of a 60 watt light bulb, so is ideal for security and
rescue personnel. It's housed in an extremely
durable O-ring sealed, machined
aluminium body finished in
$
gun-metal grey.
189
• Focusing beam: 1x - 4x
• Burn time: Low - 9.5 hrs, High - 4 hrs
• Weight: 1690g with batteries • Dimensions: 435(L) x 40(Dia)mm
LED Lantern with
Solar Charger
$
A super bright white LED lamp with an integrated
compass. The internal rechargeable batteries and
external devices, such as mobile phones, can be
charged via mains power, car charger or by he
unit's solar panel.
Cat: ST-3371
• 3 high intensity LEDs
• Requires 2 x AAA batteries
• 90(Dia.) x 25(H)mm
$
Cat: ST-3128
• 12 Volt operated
• Includes flow control
valve, pump, showerhead
& carry bag
12 95
$
MOBILE PHONE
CHARGERS
24 95
Cat: YS-2800
Charges every common mobile phone, iPhone® and
the latest Nokia models as well as some PDA and
MP3 players. Includes 8 plugs to suit:
LG Shine, Motorola V3, Siemens C62,
Samsung D528, Sony Ericsson W910i,
Nokia N-series, Nokia 3210,
iPhone®/iPod®
$
29 95
FOR THE HANDY CAMPER
Folding 8 Litre Bucket
GREAT FOR CAMPING. Wash away the cares of the day with a
warm bucket of soapy water and this excellent camping
shower. Simply plugs into your car's cigarette lighter. Bliss.
Cat: ST-3185
Universal
Phone charger
This great 8 litre bucket collapses
down to pack away, so it's ideal for
camping, hiking or any situation
where storage space is an issue.
Supplied with a great storage pouch.
• Measures 255 x
$
35mm folded
• 255 x 230mm open
Retractable Car Phone Charger
Handy in-car phone charger with
retractable lead to avoid
messy and tangled
wires. Includes 6
plugs to fit all the latest
popular models
including the latest
Nokia mobile phones. Fits any
95
standard cigarette lighter socket. $
• Extends to 700mm.
Cat: MB-3579
• Plugs Included to suit: Nokia,
Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Siemens, LG and others.
19
$
59 95
• Suitable for ages
8 years +
$
7 95
Cat: YS-5545
Cat: GH-1260
There must be a million and one uses for
this versatile utility bag. It has an
aluminium frame and is made of durable
nylon with a reinforced floor. Folds flat
when not in use. Dimensions: 480(L) x
280(W) x 250(D)mm unfolded
$
14 95
Cat: GH-1262
Personal Sonic Insect Repeller
Keep the mozzies away! With a range
of 6 metres, it's perfect for
camping, picnics fishing
etc. It also has a
pocket or belt clip
to keep it handy.
• Requires AA
battery: SB-2424.
• 75(L) x 25(dia)mm
$
9 95
Cat: YS-5534
Wireless Digital Rain Gauge with Anemometer
Dynamo AM/FM &
Shortwave Radio with Alarm
Great for lovers of outdoor activities.
Housed in a sturdy splash proof
rubber and plastic casing it features
an alarm, FM/MW/LW and
shortwave radio bands. It can be
self-powered by dynamo operation
or 2 x AA batteries & includes a
telescopic antenna.
It is a spring powered gun that kills flies and mosquitoes! It's
fun, safe, and easy to use. You can become a hunter in your
own home! A one metre long string is attached so the
swatter doesn't fly away;
you can then reload, aim
and fire again. It's fun
and effective,
and really does work!
14 95
Handy Bag
The Amazing Fly Gun
Cat: MB-3656
59 95
Cat: ST-3021
It can be recharged with a mains
charger or via a car cigarette
lighter outlet.
• 110-240V mains charger included
• 12VDC in-car charger included
12V Outdoor Shower
$
Cat: ST-3284
This rechargeable super bright light is perfect for boating, camping, working on
the car or for emergencies. 61 super bright LEDs provide enough light for
any situation and two powerful magnets enable it to be fixed to a
metal surface leaving your hands free.
• Mains and car chargers supplied
• 4 x D rechargeable batteries included
• Lamp measures 250(H) x 108(Dia.)mm
Switch them on and place them
on the ground to warn other
motorists and guide them
around a problem.
58 95
Magnetic Work light - Rechargeable
99 95
Emergency Road Flasher
$
• Battery level indicator LED
• Secure screw-lock closure
• Gasket sealed
• Output: Hi - 130 lumens, Low - 80 lumens
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries
Keep track of important weather parameters like wind speed and rainfall.
It also has a calendar and a clock with alarm function. In addition, it
measures indoor and outdoor temperature and humidity.
• Clock, calendar and alarm
• Wind speed in km/h or mph
• Max min and rainfall history in mm or inches
• Temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit
• Requires 2 x AA and 2 x AAA batteries
• Display: 180(H) x 104(W) x 24(D)mm
$
99 95
Cat: XC-0338
Cat: AR-1749
4
All savings are based on original recommended retail prices.
EASTER HOLIDAY CAMPING IDEAS
38 CHANNEL UHF CB RADIO
These lightweight handheld transceivers come complete
with rechargeable batteries, dual charger cradle
and a range of
accessories. They have
0.5 watt output for up to
5km transmission
range and CTCSS
function. Ideal for
hiking, camping,
boating, kayaking,
building sites, ITcablers,
electricians,
intercar road trip
communication or farming etc.
• Sold as a pair with
dual charging cradle
$
• No licence required
• 38 channels and 38 sub-channels
• Uses 4 x AAA batteries
• Dimensions: 105(H) x 60(W) x 35(D)mm
Accessories to suit UHF Transceivers
DC-1036 12VDC Car Charger
$17.95
DC-1034 Mains Charger
$17.95
DC-1018 Pouch
$6.95
119
Cat: DC-1026
Rugged 16 Amp 12V
Car Battery Charger
This fully automatic, switchmode, car battery charger
utilises a four stage rapid charge design to optimise the life
and performance of your car or GEL battery. Includes a top
mounted carry handle and
cable storage for the battery
leads and clamps.
• Dimensions: 270(W) x
220(H) x 120(D)mm
$
High End 12 Volt Jump
Starter with Light
This rugged and powerful
jump starter is fitted with a
long lasting 17Ah battery,
extra-long cables, work
light, and battery test
button. Includes charger.
380mm high.
$
99 95
Cat: MB-3596
199
Cat: MB-3620
240VAC Low Pressure Air Pump
This convenient and versatile air pump comes
equipped with 4 adaptors to fit valves on pool
toys, airbeds and other inflatable devices. It
will inflate or deflate items in next-to-notime and can run continuously for up to 30
minutes. Ideal for summertime fun. Just
plug it in to a powerpoint.
$
24 95
12V CIGARETTE
LIGHTER ACCESSORIES
Retractable Cigarette Lighter
Extension Cord
The three metre extension
cord retracts into the
rugged housing to keep
the cord tangle free and
undamaged. Ideal for
four wheel drive use.
• 5 amp fuse
• Power indicator
Cat: GH-1111
$
NEW PURE SINE WAVE INVERTERS
1000, 1500 & 2000 WATT
Cat: PP-1990
This new range of pure sine wave inverters are
able to provide bundles of power in mobile and
permanent installations. They range in power from 1000 to 2000 watts and have been rigorously tested for durability. In
addition to the normal 240VAC outlet, all models have a USB port for powering all your gadgets. Compact and lightweight,
this range of sine wave inverters is suitable for any application where you want to run sensitive equipment and the larger
units can be used in permanent installations such as caravan, 4WD, camper or even marine. Input connection on each unit
are heavy duty screw terminals
Three new models available:
1000 Watt 12VDC to 230VAC
$
• 323(L) x 200(W)x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 3.2kg
$
• 420(L) x 200(W) x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 4.2kg
$
• 520(L)x 200(W) x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 5.5kg Input
799
• Holds 500ml
1099
$
1349
34 95
Cat: GH-1301
Cat: MI-5174
1.5W 38 Channel
UHF CB Radio
Advanced Digital
Distance Calculator
$20
A versatile transceiver with a
maximum output of 1.5W and a
500mW power saving mode. All 38
legal channels are utilised as well as
CTCSS sub channel calling, automatic
squelch, and four level scrambling for
private communications. Other features
include dual-watch, VOX, and a
built-in stop watch.
$
95
Was $99.95
Converts map scale to real distance!
The device works in miles, kilometres,
and nautical miles! Includes a small
torch for use in the dark.
• Requires 2 x AAA batteries
29 95
38 Ch UHF CB Radio with
Scrambler & CTCSS
Up to 10km Transmission Range. Max
output is 3 watts with 1W battery saver
mode. Supplied with a high gain (168mm)
antenna fitted with an SMA connector to
allow the use of external antennas.
$
79
Cat: XC-0377
Cat: DC-1045
150W 12VDC to 230VAC Isolated Inverter
Designed to fit neatly into your car's drink holder. This can sized
modified sine wave inverter alleviates the need for permanent
mounting and will run phone chargers, battery chargers,
and laptop computers etc.
$
We have a huge
range of inverters
and power supplies.
Ask in-store for
more information...
This handy travel mug has a
built-in, thermostatically
controlled heater and will
maintain one of four selectable
preset temperature settings
ranging from room temp to
very hot.
Cat: MI-5172
2000 Watt 24VDC to 230VAC
$
12V Travel Mug
Cat: MI-5170
1500 Watt 12VDC to 230VAC
16 95
54 95
Cat: MI-5121
Compass with LED
Torch and Back Light
The essential tool for any traveller. Easy
to use compass with built in torch and
backlight design, which illuminates the
face of the compass for clear readings
in poor light conditions.
• Carabiner attachment
• Compass: 52mm dia
$
14
95
Cat: XC-0378
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
169
Cat: DC-1060
Looking
for more
Camping
& Outdoor
gear?
Don’t forget to
check out our new
2009 catalogue!
5
AUDIO & VIDEO
5.8GHz AV Sender
Infra Red Extender Kits
New and improved.
Transmit clear video and sound from
sources such as your set-top box, TV,
DVD, pay TV, camcorders and security
cameras to anywhere in your home, office
or building. Avoid the congestion and
interference on the crowded 2.4GHz band
& enjoy reliability and assured picture
quality with this 5.8GHz AV sender.
Use this IR Extender Kit to put your AV equipment
out of sight, and still retain the use of your infra-red
remote controls. No need to open cupboard doors no mess! Two different models are available,
providing for up to six IR emitters to be connected to
a single point and you can add extra emitters as you
need.
Extender 6 Input
Extra Emitter - Single
AR-1814 $99.00
AR-1813 $19.95
AR-1811 $14.95
HDMI Extender
148
NOW WORKS
WITH DIGITAL PAY
TV REMOTES
Cat: AR-1840
A splitter allows one HDMI output device to be
distributed to up to four monitors or
projectors. Ideal for conferences,
conventions, and presentations or very
large home theatre installations.
54 95
Cat: AC-1697
$
HDMI leads can cost an arm and a leg. If your budget doesn’t extend too far, these leads are
a cost-effective solution without compromising quality or performance. All have a gold plated
connectors and are fully HDMI v1.3b and HDCP compliant.
149
1.5 Metres
3.0 Metres
5.0 Metres
Cat: AC-1695
HDMI 3 Port Switch
This system expander will allow
you to hook up, convert and
switch between a component
video (YPbPr), DVI-Digital, and
a HDMI signal to one HDMI
v1.3 output. Audio is also combined with the video signal, so you can
combine stereo audio or optical digital audio with your YPbPr video
source, & DVI-D can be combined with optical digital audio. Includes an
IR remote control for ease of use, as well as the mains adaptor.
• Dimensions: 258(W) x 120(D) x 28(H)mm
This is a great radio and its list of features will amaze you.
It uses a phase-locked loop (PLL) for rock solid
frequency stability and has an AM band, FM band
(stereo), and three short-wave bands covering
1711kHz to 29999kHz. See website for full details.
Cat WQ-7415 $24.95
Cat WQ-7416 $34.95
Cat WQ-7417 $49.95
Look for our huge range of leads
& adaptors to connect or upgrade
your Home Theatre setup!
USB Turntable
199
$
Cat: AC-1684
World Band AM/FM/SW PLL Radio Receiver
$
$
Economy HDMI Leads
• Simultaneous display
• Supports 480p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p
• HDCP compliant
• Dimensions: 205(L) x 95(W) x 28(H)mm
• Size: 290(W) x 185(H) x 70(D)mm
• Requires 4 x D batteries
This HDMI extender equalises and boosts
your HDMI signal so that you can run cable
up to 50 metres long.
• Supports up to 1080p resolution
• Compatible with VGA, SVGA, XGA, SXGA, UXGA
• Automatic equalisation up to 1.6Gbps
• HDMI v1.3 compliant
• Dimensions: 68(L) x 40(W) x 18(H)mm
4 Way Active HDMI Splitter
Copy your LPs, 45s or even 78s straight
to your PC, or simply listen to your record
collection via the built-in amp and
speakers. Finished in contemporary
white piano finish with blue LED
accents.
• RCA line outputs
• USB cable and
software included
• Measures: 320(W)
x 265(D) x 85(H)mm
$
119
Cat: GE-4056
3-in-1 Retro Music
Centre with USB/SD
139
Cat: AR-1747
DJ Single Headphone
with Handle
Closed back, single cup
headphone, designed especially
for DJs. Keeps one hand available
and frees you up from the
constraints of wearing
headphones. Curly cord cable
terminates to 6.5mm plug.
• Driver diameter: 50mm
• Impedance: 48 ohms
• Sensitivity: 98±3dB
• Frequency resp: 15Hz - 20kHz
Extra Emitter Dual
AR-1812 $79.95
• Range of up to 50 metres
(line of sight)
• Built-in IR remote functionality
• No messy wires
$
Extender 2 Input
Record to SD card or via USB with
this retro all-in-one music centre.
It does everything: AM/FM radio,
turntable and CD player. You can save
tracks to an SD card or to a PC as
WAV or MP3 files.
• LED display
• CD/CD-R/CD-RW discs compatible
• 33,45,78 RPM automatic turntable
• Power consumption:13W
• 465(W) x 225(H) x 345(D)mm
$
$
69 95
329
Cat: GE-4058
Cat: AA-2059
6
All savings are based on original recommended retail prices.
SCIENCE & LEARNING
Human Ear Anatomy Model
A fantastic educational way to
learn about human anatomy and
what makes our bodies tick. Each
Model teaches a different aspect
of human biology in great detail.
Learn all about vascular, nervous,
skeletal, sensor and reproductive
systems in a fun and practical way.
Each model is highly detailed and
have a presentation stand for
keeping on display in the
classroom or science lab.
• Recommended for ages 8yrs+
Learn all about the workings of
the inner, middle and outer
ear. The inner ear and
eardrum are removable so
you can see how everything
fits together.
• 22 parts, 120mm high.
$
24 95
Cat: GG-2382
Human Heart Anatomy Model
Find out how the heart and the vascular system works. Assemble
the heart and pull it apart again to see how the
chambers and valves in the heart keep
blood pumping around the body.
• 31 parts, 95mm high.
$
24 95
Cat: GG-2380
Human Eye Anatomy Model
Detach the cornea, lens, tear duct and
eye muscles to see how something as
complex as the eye works. The model
is larger than life so you can really see
the detailed structure.
• 35 parts, 128mm high.
$
Human Brain Anatomy Model
Highly detailed brain model to medical
education level. Super detailed showing the
main parts of the brain and how it connects
to the central nervous system.
• 32 parts, 100mm high.
$
24 95
Human Pregnancy Anatomy Model
This cutaway model of a female pelvic section shows a baby
engaged before active birth. The model can be dismantled
(indeed it must be built in the first
place) to assist in understanding
the birth process.
• Recommended for ages 8+
24 95
Cat: GG-2383
Ask in-store about
our huge range of
Learning Kits...
Human Muscle &
Skeleton Anatomy Model
Human Skeleton
Anatomy Model
The perfect model for muscle structure
study. It shows how the muscles fit on
the skeleton and has transparent parts to
show the bones.
• 46 parts, 190mm high.
Cat: GG-2381
$
Ideal for medical
centres and
doctors surgeries
to help explain
medical processes
to children!
$
See exactly how the leg
bone's connected to the
hip bone. All the bones
have articulated joints just
like real ones and are
colour coded to show
where the muscles
originate.
• 34 parts, 200mm high.
24 95
Cat: GG-2384
3D Frog Anatomy Model
No need to dissect Kermit to find out how
he works! With your model frog you can
find out all about the internal workings
without ever picking up a scalpel. You can
remove all the internal organs and limbs
and he has detailed finish and
colouring. Display stand included.
• 31 parts, approx 120mm long.
$
34 95
Cat: GG-2390
$
24 95
24 95
Cat: GG-2385
Cat: GG-2386
REMOTE CONTROL FUN.....
Remote Control UFO Helicopter
Generating a lot of lift from the wide rotors gives this slightly
weird machine very stable flight. It's made of durable foam,
so will take a few knocks from dodgy landings
and armchair pilots.
20 minute charge
from the remote unit
provides about 8 minutes of flying
time.
• Requires 6 x AA batteries
$
95
• Wingspan: 310mm
• Suitable for ages 8yrs+
Cat: GT-3276
49
Radio Controlled Mini Monster Trucks
You can wheelstand it or just put the
hammer down and run over
things. The truck charges from
the remote control to give about
10 minutes of rootin' tootin'
redneck truckin' fun.
• Remote Control included
• Requires 4 x AA batteries (Use SB-2425)
• Measures: 98(L) x 65(H)mm
• Recommended for ages 8yrs+
• Sold separately
$
29 95
RC Mini M*A*S*H Helicopter
This is our smallest ready-to-fly infrared remote
control Mini Helicopter. It is made of
durable plastic and is ideal for
indoor use.
• 20 min charge
time for 8 minutes
flying time
• Requires 6 x AA atteries
• 135mm long
• Suitable for 8yrs+
$
Cat: GT-3254
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
39 95
Cat: GT-3260
7
COMPUTER
USB Roll Up Keyboard
4 Port Coloured
Flexible USB Hub
This QWERTY keyboard rolls up for easy
transportation or storage and is waterproof.
You can even spill coffee on it. Perfect for
workshops, garages, food preparation
areas, and travellers.
• Compatible with Windows
98/2000/Me/XP
$
24 95
Cat: XC-5148
Not only
funky, it also
takes up very little
space, so is ideal for
your notebook bag.
Notebook computers are great when you are moving about or space is at
a premium. However, the lack of a proper numeric keypad and
mouse can be a real nuisance. This problem is easily fixed with
this new combination USB keypad and mouse. It simply plugs
into the computer's USB port and gives you
a full function numeric keypad and mouse. $
95
• Lead length 700mm.
Cat: XM-5138
• 67(W) x 110(L) x 20(H)mm
29
$
• USB 2.0 • Size: 60(L) x 40(W) x 13(H)mm
95
Cat: XC-4849
Play videos or view photos directly on your
TV without a computer.
79 95
$
29 95
Cat: XC-4877
Digital Mobile Microscopes
$50
Digital Mobile
Microscope
Cat: XC-5108
Dimensions:
120(L) x 55(W)mm
Cat QC-3245
Was $249
USB Microphone with Stand
Digital Mobile
Microscope
with Image Capture
$
199
Screen Shot
Cat: QC-3245
USB mics are a very popular way to record directly to your
computer. One of the biggest advantages is that you don't need
phantom power - the mic is powered by a USB port. If you're using
it for computer-based home recording, it also means you don't need
a separate audio interface. This mic will give you excellent quality
reproduction on vocals, acoustic instruments or podcasting.
• Built in volume control
• Diecast stand with integrated shock mount
• Frequency response: 50Hz - 18kHz
$
95
• Polar pattern: Unidirectional
• Output impedance: 600 ohms
Cat: AM-4102
• Sensitivity: -65dB
Viewed images can
be easily transferred
to a PC (QC-3246 only)
for use in reports,
articles, projects etc.
Cat QC-3246
99
8
• Powered by USB
• Mounting hole: 75mm
• Mounting depth: 70mm
• Diameter: 92mm
• USB port
• AV cable, remote control and
plugpack included
• Formats supported: MPEG1, MPEG 2,
MPEG4, JPEG, GIF, BMP, MP3 & WMA
• Cards supported: SD, MMC & MS
• Dimensions: 120(W) x 82(D) x 25(H)mm
6788
4699
2822
9669
3899
4130
7155
3433
4799
6221
3100
3799
8337
3121
1614
14 95
Enter the micro realm with ease. These portable pocket-sized microscopes are
surprisingly powerful with a magnification range of 24X to 90X. They use 3 bright-white
LEDs to light up your objects and feature an adjustable focus to sharpen your image.
Two versions available:
Remote Control Photo Viewer & Card Reader
6021
9699
9709
9678
9369
9905
4620
4365
9439
9476
9821
4965
4721
8832
9267
$
• Supports free-to-air DTV in many countries
• Software with time shifting
and scheduled recording
• Compatible with Windows XP, ME & Vista
• Antenna, cable and software included
Just touch the top and your USB hub
will rise from the surface of your desk to do
your bidding. Touch it again and it lowers itself
back into place and out of the way. It has 3
USB 2.0 ports and also acts as a cable
grommet to keep all your computer cables
neat and tidy.
The card reader that reads everything.
Supports: SD, Mini SD, SD Ultra II, SD
Extreme III, MMC, MMC II, MMC 4.0,
RS-MMC, HS RS-MMC, MMC Micro, M2,
MS, MS Pro, MS Pro Duo, MS Extreme
Pro, MS Extreme III Pro, MS Ultra II Pro,
HS MS-MG Pro HS MS-MG Pro Duo, MS
ROM, MS Select, XD, XD(M), XD(H), CF I
& II, CF Ultra II, CF Extreme III, CF
Extreme, HS CF & Micro-drive.
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02)
Alexandria
Ph (02)
Bankstown
Ph (02)
Blacktown
Ph (02)
Bondi Junction Ph (02)
Brookvale
Ph (02)
Campbelltown Ph (02)
Erina
Ph (02)
Gore Hill
Ph (02)
Hornsby
Ph (02)
Liverpool
Ph (02)
Newcastle
Ph (02)
Penrith
Ph (02)
Rydalmere
Ph (02)
Sydney City
Ph (02)
79 95
Motorised Retracting
USB 3 Port Hub
All-In-One Card Reader
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
$
Cat: XC-4878
37
Australia Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
Watch high definition digital tv on your desktop or
laptop. Simple to set up and use, just connect the
USB stick, plug in the antenna, install the software
and away you go.
Four port USB hub with
a different
bright
colour
for each
port.
Cat: XC-4886
USB Optical Mouse with Number Keypad
$
USB Digital TV Tuner
Taren Point
Tweed Heads
Wollongong
VICTORIA
Coburg
Frankston
Geelong
Hallam
Melbourne
Ringwood
Springvale
Sunshine
Thomastown
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Cairns
Ipswich
Mackay
Maroochydore
$50
Screen Shot
$
• Capable of taking JPEG images at a resolution of 320 x 240.
• Dimensions: 120(L) x 55(W)mm
• Includes 3 x AAA rechargeable Ni-MH batteries Was $299
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Ph (07) 5524 6566
Ph (02) 4226 7089
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
9384
9781
5221
9796
9663
9870
9547
9310
9465
1811
4100
5800
4577
2030
9053
1022
8066
3333
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
3863
4041
3282
4953
5479
0099
6747
5800
0611
3511
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Midland
Ph (08) 9250 8200
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
Rockingham
Ph (08) 9592 8000
249
Cat: QC-3246
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Dunedin
Ph (03) 471 7934
Glenfield
Ph (09) 444 4628
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Hastings
Ph (06) 876 0239
Manukau
Ph (09) 263 6241
Newmarket
Ph (09) 377 6421
Palmerston Nth Ph (06) 353 8246
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 922
Prices valid to 30th April ‘09
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Is it worth fixing an older plasma set?
Despite the big “R” or even “D” word we hear
on the media every night, new plasma and
LCD sets still seem to be getting cheaper. Most
of this is caused by the never-ending supply of
better, newer or more technology for the dollar.
Unfortunately this problem is spiralling down
to my level because the question is always, is it
worth fixing?
If you bought a plasma set over
two years ago for about $2000, you
could now buy a better one for only
$1000 and if you tried to sell it, you
would probably only get $500 – that’s
if you managed to sell it at all. If it
breaks down, most times it can only
be repaired to board level. Such
boards are supplied (if you are lucky)
at an inflated two-year-old price and
on many occasions this can take the
projected repair price over the $500
threshold.
Many of the obscure container load
fly-by-night brands have gone now so
siliconchip.com.au
customers are often extremely anxious
to find a way out of their predicament.
Some are even attempting fraudulent
insurance claims and are pressurising us to present quotes that are misleading in the hope of a replacement
claim.
If a set is dead after a storm I am blatantly asked to inflate the prices even
higher in order to write the sets off. The
problem can be worse because if a set’s
power supply is knocked out it
can mask additional unseen
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
•
Samsung LA32R51B TV
Teac PLH4220SD TV
Tivoli Audio Music System
TCL PDP-4200BK TV (LG
PDP42V72462 chassis)
Logitech Z-10 loudspeakers
problems the set might have endured.
As the stakes are so much higher now
in terms of cost, you can easily get
the scenario that after the quote for a
new power supply has been accepted
and it has been fitted, you might find
that the cost of replacing other faulty
boards can easily cost the same again
or more.
For example, recently I attended to a
Samsung LA32R51B which had died.
The two main electros (82μF 450V)
in the power supply had become extremely hot and destroyed themselves.
The usual reason for this is a failure
in the mains voltage-doubling circuit,
causing very high voltage across them.
These electros do not even have a
circuit reference.
The set cost almost $4000
in 2005 and a much better replacement now sells for about
$750. The new power supply I
quoted for cost $470 all up.
However, the client wasn’t
happy about this price and
insisted I increase it just in
case the insurance company elected to have the
set repaired rather than
replaced. Well of course,
I point blank refused to
do this so he left rather unhappy. His problem.
This is becoming such a
problem that many service
companies do not want the
work. Older 42-inch plasmas
are particularly unwanted because they require two people to
April 2009 53
Serr v ice
Se
ceman’s
man’s Log – continued
pick them up. And you definitely need
a bigger wagon to put them in.
If the set was removed from a wall
bracket you can bet that the original
desk stand has been tossed out which
adds more headaches when you are
servicing the set.
Resurrection of a Teac
Recently, I was given a dead 2005
Teac PLH4220SD. The set had already
been to at least one rival service
company who correctly diagnosed
that the power supply had failed (in
a storm) and that a replacement was
expensive and not available for at least
a month. They did not know if there
was anything else that might be wrong
and they were certainly not keen to
store a 5-year old plasma, which was
technologically nearly worthless, for
six weeks or so.
So the client bought a new one and
gave me the old one. I discovered that
it was basically an LG PDP42V72413
Series 7 with a Sankei power supply unit. I examined the board very
carefully outside the set but could
find nothing wrong. There were no
obviously failed parts that needed
replacing. At switch-on you could
hear the relays click on and off and
the red Standby LED changed colour
to blue.
The remote was working and there
was a 5V standby voltage available.
I shorted the relay contacts which
allowed the primary circuits to be energised but nothing was coming out of
the secondary power rails. I unplugged
and then later replaced the Y sus and
Z sus boards on the off-chance that
a feedback pulse was switching the
set off.
As a last resort, I decided to replace
the two control ICs in the primary
circuit. These were IC Z151 L4981,
a 20-pin Power Factor Corrector, and
IC Z181 KTA339 P/F, a 14-pin bipolar
quad voltage comparator. I removed
the ICs and fitted IC sockets before I
found out that the ICs are very difficult to obtain as spare parts. I put the
boards back in the set and reassembled
the set to put aside until I could get
the parts.
I switched the set on once more before putting it away just to make sure
and blow me down if the set didn’t fire
up and it has worked perfectly ever
since! Explain that one!
Deluxe radio
Tivoli Audio makes beautiful highquality radios. The Music System is
one of their flagship models which
also has a CD player built in, all for a
modest $1200.
A colleague of mine is a service
agent and he told me about one that
came in under warranty. It was stuck
in standby mode. He removed the
front panel to find the wafer thin PC
board behind it was not installed
properly because one of the two locking screws wasn’t centred properly. It
was plugged into a socket similar to a
PC RAM socket.
Thinking this would be an easy fix,
he removed and refitted it correctly
and reassembled the front panel and
tested it again. Unfortunately, that
made no difference. Being an agent
meant that he had other units in stock
that had been repaired and checked, so
he started swapping the boards over,
beginning with the front panel. He
then tried the back panel, the speaker
and power harness. In fact, just about
everything.
Access to some of this is pretty difficult, especially with the CD player in
the way, so he unplugged it and lo and
behold, the set began to work.
He then examined the CD player and
could not fault it until he unplugged
the snooze button assembly. That was
when the penny dropped. The snooze
button is recessed into the top of the
cabinet and it had jammed in the on
position, thus confusing the microcontroller. When he unjammed it the
system worked perfectly but it took a
lot of work to find this simple cause.
Green spots before the eyes
One of the most common complaints with plasma TVs is that of
intermittent green snow, particularly
in dark scenes. Being intermittent
makes diagnosis much harder and it is
often heat related. Almost all of these
sets are models that have LG displays
and boards in varying degrees. This
covers a wide range of brands and
models, as LG is one of the largest
manufacturers.
The other day I was called out to a
TCL PDP-4200BK which uses an LG
PDP42V72462 chassis (series 7). This
set was mounted on a wall bracket
54 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
with the cables disappearing into a
wall cavity to ancillary equipment. I
was fortunate enough to actually see
1 6220the problem and the client was able to
help me remove the set so it was face
down on some blankets on a sideboard
just below.
I removed the 50,000 screws that
held the back on, blessing my electric screwdriver and happy that they
ailableweren’t
on website
Torx head screws like Philips
use. Once the back was off, I propped
the set up a little so I could see the
reflection of the screen on a mirror
tile I had secreted underneath. I then
powered the set up and selected a
channel.
Unfortunately, in the process of
moving the set, I noticed that the picture was now intermittently snowy
too. I soon found out that the cause
of this was the coaxial antenna wall
socket but I couldn’t do anything about
it until I had completed the repair I
was working on because access to the
socket was so poor.
Fortunately, this fault is well known
and so I went straight to VR1 (V Setup)
on the Y sus board. I marked its current position with an indelible Texta
pen before giving it a small twist. This
was enough to fix the green spots completely but I had been caught before
with the intermittent nature of this
fault. The client and I loosely refitted the back and propped the set up
against the wall so they could watch
it again.
Apart from the intermittent snow
problem the antenna lead was giving,
the picture was otherwise blemish
free. I told the client to watch it overnight and if it was still fine the next
day, I would reinstall it properly and
fix the antenna connection. Back at
work the next day I got a telephone call
from the wife of my client telling me
I hadn’t fixed the set – it was exactly
as before and I had better bring some
replacement boards.
Fortunately when I returned and
spoke to the husband he could discern
the difference between the two faults
and confirmed that the green dots had
indeed gone but there was still an
intermittent snow problem.
Between us, we reassembled the set
and reinstalled it onto the wall bracket.
Once this was done, I now only had
limited space to reach the antenna
wall socket. It was an HPM type and
the cover had been painted onto the
wall. After a lot of very hard work, I
managed to remove the whole assembly and disassemble it. I then rewired
it properly and firmly and reinstalled
it after tightening up the centre and
outer parts of the coaxial socket.
Once this was done we had a consistently good picture on all channels.
Had this not worked, I would then
have checked all the voltages next to
the corresponding values written on
the panel for Va and Vs. I would also
check VR4 and VR3. Finally, I would
have had to resort to replacing the “Y
sus kit”.
The Y sus kit consists of the Y sus
board, the Z sus board and the Control
board, and is usually only replaced
when the Y or Z sus board blows up.
The reason all three are replaced is
that LG have modified all of them to
make them more reliable, because
sometimes a fault on one of them can
cause the whole lot to self-destruct.
This is fine for the Series 7 of LG
sets but not for the other brands which
use a different control module with
different plugs and sockets. If you are
wondering whether to replace these
modules you must make a note of the
part numbers. The current ones are:
(1) Y-sus: 6871QYH036D
(2) Z-sus: 6871QZH041B
(3) Control: 6871QCH053G
The different control modules are
denoted by their last letter. They are
priced from $250.00. For most other
brands, these boards sell for much,
much more.
Bedroom indulgence
One of the shortcomings of flat panel
Ozitronics
Tel: (03) 8677 1411 Fax: (03) 9011 6220
Email: sales2009<at>ozitronics.com
50W Amplifier kit using TDA7294
K106 - $50.05
Hi-fi class AB audio
amplifier. Over 50W
RMS into 4 or 8
at less
than 0.1% THD. 20Hz 200kHz -3dB, +/-35VDC.
DC power supply kit for use with K106 above.
Onboard diode bridge and filter capacitors.
Transformer not supplied. K186 - $26.40
More kits & all documentation available on website:
www.ozitronics.com
TVs is the lack of quality sound. Some
sets have no audio output sockets except for an earplug connection. Others
only have optical. Where possible, it is
nice to be able to connect the set to a
surround-sound theatre amplifier but
these can cost from $500 upwards. A
simple solution is to use computer
amplified speakers which start from
only a few dollars.
I just got a new Samsung LCD set for
the bedroom and decided to indulge
myself by getting some decent computer speakers. Mrs Serviceman only
agreed providing:
(1) They were cheap
(2) She could have a new dress
(3) They looked good
(4) She could have a new dress, and
(5) They were small.
There are such a lot of different designs and prices out there these days
that it is difficult to make a decision,
so in the meantime I continued to use
some old JBL speakers. The big problem with speakers is that you really
need to try them out before making a
decision. I note that Apple in the US
offers such a service of try before buying. The only trouble is that then you
are locked into their products.
In the end, I was taken by a pair of
Logitech Z-10s and the clincher was
the special price; Officeworks had
them for nearly half price. I was also
very taken by the Edifier M3200 Salt
Technician Repair & Overhaul
Your imagination, talent and determination will be rewarded with
challenges, assistance, results and recognition. Email your details to:
ELECTRONICS SPECIALISTS
TO INDUSTRY AND DEFENCE
siliconchip.com.au
SWITCHMODE POWER SUPPLIES PTY LTD (ABN 54 003 958 030)
1/37 Leighton Place, Hornsby, NSW 2077.
email: martin.griffith<at>switchmode.com.au
Phone (02) 9476 0300
webpage: www.switchmode.com.au
April 2009 55
into
RF?
Serr v ice
Se
ceman’s
man’s Log – continued
There’s something to suit every
radio frequency fan in the
SILICON CHIP reference bookshop
RF Circuit Design
– by Chris Bowick
A new edition of this classic RF
design text - tells how to design
and integrate RF components into
virtually any circuitry.
$
67
Practical RF H’book
– by Ian Hickman
A reference work for technicians,
engineers, students and the more
specialised enthusiast. Covers all
the key topics in RF that you
$
need to understand
80
Practical Guide To
Satellite TV
– by Garry Cratt
The reference written by an Aussie
for Aussie conditions.Everything
you need to know.
$
49
You’ll find many more technical
titles in the SILICON CHIP
reference bookshop – on
pages 102 & 103 of this issue
and Pepper speakers, the Altec Lansing FX3022 Expressionist Bass with
built in subs or even the FX2020AA
Expressionist Classic, not to mention
La Cie 130811.
I was pretty lucky because Officeworks sold out very fast and I got
one of the last pairs. I unboxed the
whole thing very carefully and was
impressed by their beautiful black
piano finish and also by how heavy
they were. However, I was somewhat
disappointed after connecting them
to the 3.5mm earphone jack socket
because there was no sound at all.
I eventually found and read the tiny
multi-lingual pamphlet which gave
instructions on operating the speakers. Most of the instructions referred
to connecting the speakers via a USB
lead to a PC but I was not using this
feature.
After a lot of messing around, it occurred to me that there might actually
be something wrong with these brand
new speakers, so to confirm this, I
connected them to my computer and
loaded the appropriate software.
The speakers broke out into fantastic
sound! Not only that but the display on
the right speaker showed the CD title
and all its details, plus an analog clock.
They had all the bells and whistles.
All the touch controls – volume, bass,
treble, balance, etc – worked well too.
Wonderful.
I unplugged them and moved them
next door to the LCD TV and plugged
them in again. Again there was nothing; absolutely nothing. The JBL
speakers worked fine and I swapped
the leads over. Next, I tried what I
thought was a pretty long shot. My PC
is located near a conventional Sony
CRT TV which also has a 3.5mm stereo jack socket for headphones. It was
only a small matter of disconnecting
the PC to the Logitech speakers and
plugging in this other TV. The sound
worked. Wow!
OK, to sum up: the new Logitech
speakers worked with the PC and the
old Sony TV but not with the new
Samsung LCD. The old JBL speakers
Radio, Television & Hobbies: the COMPLETE archive on DVD
YES!
NA
R
MO E THA URY
ENT
QUARTER C NICS
O
OF ELECTR !
Y
R
O
T
IS
H
This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every issue of R & H, as it was known from
the beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!) right through to the final edition of R, TV & H
in March 1965, before it disappeared forever with the change of name to EA.
For the first time ever, complete and in one handy DVD, every article and every issue
is covered.
If you’re an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it doesn’t get much more
vintage than this. If you’re a student of history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight
into the amazing breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following the
war years.
And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the best propaganda imaginable!
Even if you’re just an electronics dabbler, there’s something here to interest you.
• Every issue individually archived, by month and year
• Complete with index for each year
• A must-have for everyone interested in electronics
Please note: this archive is in PDF format on DVD for PC.
Your computer will need a DVD-ROM or DVD-recorder (not a CD!)
and Acrobat Reader 6 or above (free download) to enable you to view this
archive. This DVD is NOT playable through a standard A/V-type DVD player.
Exclusive to SILICON CHIP
ONLY
62
$
00
+$7.00 P&P
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-4 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
<at>
BY EMAIL:#
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
56 Silicon Chip
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
siliconchip.com.au
worked with everything, so why wouldn’t the Logitech
speakers work with the Samsung?
I looked and looked and touched all the controls
until the penny dropped. The touch control panel of
the Logitech has a graphical display of the controls of
10 different size bars that go from minimum to maximum. When you plug in the speakers and power them
up and touch the volume up button, all the bars are
displayed, denoting full volume.
Where muggins stuffed up
Where muggins stuffed up was that these bars were
OUTLINED. When I kept my finger on the touch control
for a long time, the bars gradually became SOLID until
about half-way through when you heard the sound.
When connected to the PC, the volume level is controlled by the PC as well and so the sound is instantly
at its default level. When I unplugged them and connected them to the LCD, the volume level defaulted
to zero, which to a newcomer looks like full volume
but isn’t. When I connected them to the old Sony TV,
I had not unplugged the power so they were still at the
PC default and so also worked normally.
The instruction book was a waste of paper and it is
a pity that the volume control took such a long time to
respond to a finger touch. Anyway, they are performing
well now, though I admit it would have been nicer if
they had provision for a subwoofer. They were very
good value for money, though.
On an unrelated subject, I would have liked to connect these new speakers to my old Apple Powermac
G4 but I discovered that they use a very special minidigital 2.5mm recessed stereo jack designed only for
Griffin iFire 400 Powerwave amplifiers for Apple Pro
Speakers. And guess what – there are no adapters
available!
SC
Very inconvenient and very iSad!
siliconchip.com.au
Professionally Designed and engineered
in Australia using Peerless speakers
which are known and respected across
the globe. Remarkable Cross-over design,
built using the highest grade components
designed to give maximum clarity and
responsiveness for voice and
tonal reproduction.
For More Info Please visit:
www.wagner.net.au/speakers
www.d-s-t.com.au/speakerkits
We stock everything you need for your Audio Visual installation
including HDMI & RCA Interconnect, Plasma / LCD TV Wall Brackets,
Speaker cabling, Plugs & Connectors, Tools and Soldering
Equipment, Plus Lots More!! View our Catalogue online.
Visit Us Online: www.wagner.net.au
Email: sales<at>wagner.net.au
April 2009 57
Phone: 02 9798 9233
138 Liverpool Road, Ashfeild, NSW, 2131
By DAVID L. JONES
The µCurrent
. . . a precision current adaptor for multimeters
You might not be aware of it but your digital multimeter
is unable to make accurate current measurements in
low-voltage circuits because of its “burden voltage”. This
precision current adaptor solves that problem and greatly
improves the measurement accuracy, as well.
D
ON’T MOST multimeters already
have current measurement ranges? Well, of course they do. But most
multimeters, be they a no-name $10
hardware store throwaway model or
a $1000 highly-accurate brand-name
meter, all suffer from two rather annoying issues with their current measurement ranges – burden voltage and
reduced accuracy.
The biggest problem with current
measurement ranges is burden voltage.
This is the voltage that the internal
current shunt resistor drops as the
circuit’s current passes through it.
The burden voltage is typically
specified in millivolts per Amps (mV/
A). The value will change for different current ranges, so you might have
1mV/A, 1mV/mA and 1mV/μA for
example.
Normally, you may not give burden
voltage a second thought, as like many,
you probably think it’s fairly insignificant in most applications. In fact,
most people would be hard-pressed
to tell you what the burden voltage of
their particular multimeter actually
is. It’s usually buried away in the user
manual, if it’s mentioned at all. Next
time you borrow a colleague’s meter,
ask them what the burden voltage is,
and watch their reaction!
At small displayed currents, the
58 Silicon Chip
burden voltage is usually not an issue
but at larger displayed currents (relative to full-scale) the burden voltage
can be very high, even in the order of
several volts! This can often force you
to use a higher current range (with a
lower-value shunt resistor), with subsequent loss of resolution and (often)
accuracy.
You may in fact have encountered
this many times, with your circuit
either not working or “playing up”
on too low a current range. That’s
the burden voltage at work, starving
your circuit of the voltage it needs to
function correctly. You usually have
no option but to reluctantly switch
to a higher current range to lessen
the effect.
The problem can also be highlighted
with the many 4½-digit or “10000
count” meters on the market. In theory,
they allow you to get an extra digit of
resolution over a 3½-digit meter. But
you may now find yourself trying to
measure, for example, 990.0μA on the
1mA range with a burden voltage of
just under 1V. Can your circuit really
handle a 1V drop?
The burden voltage of a multimeter
is determined primarily by the shunt
resistor used for measurement. However, on the higher current ranges (mA
& A) it also includes the protection
fuse resistance and, to a much lesser
extent, any switch and test lead contact
resistance. Some manufacturers will
specify it as a total or just the shunt
resistor, or in many cases not mention
it at all!
Some meters will specify it as a
maximum voltage drop only. For
example, “300mV max”. In this case,
to get the mV/A value, you simply
divide that voltage by the full-scale
range current.
Current measurements
with low supply rails
The recent trend toward low-voltage
microcontrollers and other silicon
devices (some operating from as low
as 1V or less!) has really highlighted
the need for considering the burden
voltage when measuring currents.
3.3V supplies have been widely used
for a long time now and the trend is
heading lower.
A common task these days is to
measure the accurate “sleep” and operating current of a microcontroller.
Indeed, with the lower supply voltages
of today’s battery-powered circuits, accurately measuring the supply current
has become more critical.
So the industry has changed but
digital multimeters haven’t really kept
up with the pace when it comes to acsiliconchip.com.au
Table 1: Burden Voltages For Typical Multimeters
Approx
Cost($)
Burden Voltage
(mA range)
Burden Voltage
(µA range)
Meterman 5XP (3.5-digit)
$65
1V max
300mV max
JayTech QM-1340 (4.5-digit)
$99
5mV/mA
0.11mV/μA
Meterman 30XR
$120
4.6mV/mA
1mV/μA
Protek 506
$175
1mV/mA
1mV/μA
Meterman 37XR (10,000
count)
$250
10mV/mA
1mV/μA
B&K 390A (4000 count)
$380
2V max
500mV max
Fluke 77 series III (3.5-digit)
$400
6 mV/mA
N/A
Fluke 77 series IV (6000
count)
$425
2mV/mA
N/A
Fluke 79 series III (3.5-digit)
$375
11mV/mA
N/A
Fluke 177/179 Series IV
(6000 count)
$430
2mV/mA
N/A
Fluke 27
$900
5.6mV/mA
0.5mV/μA
Fluke 80 series V (4.5-digit)
$720
1.8mV/mA
0.1mV/μA
Agilent U1251A (4.5-digit)
$680
1mV/mA
0.1mV/μA
Extech MM570 (500,000
count)
$680
3.3mV/mA
0.15mV/μA
Fluke 289 (50,000 count)
$950
1.8mV/mA
0.1mV/μA
Gossen MetraHit E-XTRA
(60,000 count)
$1700
300mV max
150mV max
Fluke 8808A (5.5-digit)
$1100
1mV/mA
1mV max
Fluke 8846A (6.5-digit)
$2100
500mV max
15mV max
Keithley 197A Microvolt
(5.5-digit)
N/A
300mV max
300mV max
Multimeter Model
curate current measurement. You may
think that multimeters are getting more
“accurate” for less cost but that’s only
part of the story.
Let’s look at how the supply voltage
can impact your current measurement
or vice-versa, as the case may be:
Let’s say you want to measure the
supply current of a chip or circuit
taking 200mA using a 4000-count
meter on the 400mA range. This is a
fairly common scenario and one you
would think would be pretty easy for
any multimeter to handle. But maybe
not . . .
A typical high-end “accurate” multimeter will have a “low” 1mV/mA
burden voltage (about as low as it
gets), so this means the meter will
drop 200mV across its shunt resistor
at 200mA. This represents an almost
tolerable 4% (200mV/5V x 100) of a
5V supply voltage.
This may not be a big deal if your
supply voltage is spot on 5V, as your
chip will get 4.8V and still be within
spec. But what if it’s only 4.8V? Your
chip or circuit will now be getting
only 4.6V which may well be below
its operating specifications.
This already shows the limitation of
the current range on a typical multi
meter. But that’s without even considering how the circuit current can differ
siliconchip.com.au
when you lower the rail by 0.2V.
Let’s now say you need to do the
same thing on a modern circuit or chip
with, say, a 1.2V power supply, ie, the
voltage from a single NiMH cell. That
same 200mV burden voltage is now a
whopping 17% (200mV/1.2V x 100) of
the supply voltage. Your circuit may
now fail to function correctly and this
is clearly not acceptable, not to mention inaccurate.
Think this is only a problem with
“cheap” meters? Well, think again. The
Fluke 87-V, probably the most popular
high-performance meter available, has
a burden voltage of 1.8mV/mA (which
is still pretty good). So the above numbers are even worse – a 360mV drop
for a 200mA current.
Sure, you can switch up a current
range, using the 10A jack, with its
burden voltage of say 10mV/A, giving
you a very nice drop of only 2mV. But
your display is now showing 0.200 or
0.20 instead of 200.0 – you’ve just lost
a valuable digit or two of resolution.
The higher 10A current range is likely
to be much less accurate than the mA
range too!
Let’s now take a look at the quoted
burden voltage of some typical multi
meters – see Table 1. As shown, things
can improve a bit with the more expensive meters, particularly on the
μA ranges. But an expensive precision
meter is by no means a guarantee of a
low burden voltage. Even many topof-the-line bench meters can have unacceptable burden voltages for many
applications.
It should be noted that while some
meters will have a fixed burden voltage for all mA ranges, others like
the Meterman 30XR have individual
April 2009 59
S1b
nA
nA
A
A
mA
C1
100nF
R12
100
S1a
mA
1
3
7
IC1
2
R9
100
6
4
+
R3: 75k*
CURRENT
INPUT
R2
10k*
R1
0.01 0.5%
R8
10 *
VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
R11: 24k*
–1.5V
R5
1k*
–
+
–
C3
100nF
* = 0.1% TOLERANCE
S2b
S2a
3V LITHIUM
BATTERY (2032)
+1.5V
1
IN
IC3
OUT
2
1
R4
470
GND
3
C2
100nF
R6
100k
A
LED1
3
R7
100k
5
IC2
4
R10
100
2
K
IC1: MAX4239ASA+
IC2: LMV321AS5X
IC3: TPS3809L30DBVR
LED1
SC
2009
MICROCURRENT DMM ADAPTOR
A
K
Fig.1: the circuit is based on IC1, a Maxim MAX4239 ultra-low offset/drift, low-noise precision amplifier. IC3 is a
voltage monitor while voltage follower stage IC2 provides a virtual ground reference for the circuit.
specifications for each range; ie, 2mA
range = 100mV/mA, 20mA = 13mV/
mA and 200mA = 4.6mV/mA.
Some popular and highly regarded
meters like the Meterman 37XR and
Fluke 79 are particularly bad on their
mA range, an order of magnitude
worse than some cheaper meters – so
beware. Taking the above example
again, the Meterman 37XR would drop
a whopping 2V (10mV x 200) on its
mA range for 200mA. This will not be
much good when your supply voltage
is only 3.3V, 5V or even 12V.
And the 37XR is a relatively expensive 10000-count meter that is
supposed to be capable of measuring
999.9mA on its 1A range – which it
will try to do. But that would be a
gigantic 10V drop which the meter itself cannot even handle, so it’s limited
to a nominal 400mA with a 4V drop
on that range. Crazy huh?
By now you should understand that
burden voltage can be a real hidden
problem lurking in your meter. What
is your meter rated at?
Accuracy
And the second problem we men60 Silicon Chip
tioned? That would be one of accuracy
or lack of it. Most multimeters have a
much poorer accuracy specification
for current than for the DC voltage
ranges or the “Basic DC Accuracy” as
it’s called.
The Meterman 37XR, for example,
is quite an accurate meter at ±0.1%
(+5 counts) on DC volts and is sold
and marketed as such. But its current
accuracy is a not so impressive ±0.5%
(+10 counts) on DC current and ±1.5%
for the 10A range.
An even better example is the Fluke
27, with ±0.1% (+1 count) DC volts
accuracy and ±0.75% (+2 counts)
mA/μA DC current accuracy. Other
multimeters are very similar, with a
factor of five or more between the DC
volts and DC current accuracy being
quite typical.
This issue applies to the AC voltage
vs AC current ranges as well. Some
meters can actually have very poor
AC current accuracy and/or reduced
AC frequency response compared to
their AC millivolt range.
Take the Fluke 27 again as an example. Its ACV accuracy is ±0.5% (+3
counts) to 2kHz but the AC current
range is considerably worse at ±1.5%
(+2 counts) to 1kHz.
μCurrent adaptor
is the solution
You guessed it, the project presented
here presents a neat solution to these
issues. The “μCurrent” (pronounced
“micro current”) is a simple yet accurate professional grade precision
amplified current adapter for multi
meters. It provides up to a 100-fold
reduction in burden voltage for a given
current range!
An additional feature is a nanoamp (nA) current range. This gives
any cheap 3.5-digit multimeter the
ability to resolve 0.1nA (100pA). On
a 4.5-digit multimeter it will resolve
0.01nA (10pA). And this comes with
an excellent accuracy of <0.2%.
In most cases, μCurrent is also able
to improve your meter’s current range
accuracy by using your meter’s more
accurate mV DC voltage range to display the DC or AC current. (Yes, yes,
we know that AC current is a tautology
but what else can you call it?)
For AC, the frequency response
extends up to 10kHz although the
siliconchip.com.au
circuit’s THD (total harmonic distortion) increases substantially above
2kHz. This is still a very respectable
AC response range, surpassing that of
many digital multimeters on current
and voltage ranges.
Typical accuracy of the μCurrent
itself is better than 0.2% on the μA
and nA ranges, and 0.5% or better on
the mA range. Unfortunately, it is not
easy to obtain a 0.1% precision shunt
resistor for the mA range, as the 10milliohm value is too low.
The burden voltage of the μCurrent
is a fixed 10μV/µA and 10μV/nA on the
lower ranges. It varies on the mA range
due to the switch resistance but 70μV/
mA is a nominal upper figure. These
figures are unmatched by almost any
meter on the market.
So, for example, at a full scale of
say 1000μA, that’s a maximum burden
voltage of only 10mV. So measuring
the current rail of a 1.2V logic supply
with full-scale resolution would give
you a worst case drop of around 0.8%,
a fairly insignificant figure.
The output voltage in mV is directly
proportional to the input current,
so you can simply read the current
value from your multimeter’s mV DC
range.
The μCurrent thus effectively eliminates burden voltage by making it insignificant in all but the most extreme
applications.
How it works
A current adapter is basically just a
shunt resistor with an amplifier. But
there are a few extra neat features
to the μCurrent design to make it as
professional and handy as possible,
as we’ll see. The full circuit is shown
in Fig.1.
The heart of the design is IC1, a
Maxim MAX4239. This is a special
“ultra-low offset/drift, low noise precision amplifier”. As the name suggests,
it’s a pretty high-spec device. The key
figure in this application is its nearzero offset voltage. It’s not just “low
offset” like many precision op amps;
this one has almost no practical offset
voltage at all. It is typically 0.1μV, with
a maximum figure of 2.5μV over the
entire temperature range.
This class of op amps is known as
an “auto-zero” (or “chopper”) amplifier. Maxim is a bit hush-hush on the
actual internal workings of their particular device, saying only that “these
characteristics are achieved through
siliconchip.com.au
VosB
Vin+
VOUT
AB
Vin–
VnB
φB
VosA
AA
φA
VnA
φA
φB
C M1
C M2
EXTERNAL FEEDBACK
Auto-Zero Phase A: Null amplifier nulls its own offset
Fig.2(a): how a basic auto-zero amplifier works. In the first phase, the main
amplifier (AB) is offset with the voltage stored on capacitor CM2. The nulling
amplifier (AA) measures its own offset voltage and stores it on capacitor CM1.
VosB
Vin+
VOUT
AB
Vin–
VnB
φB
VosA
AA
φA
VnA
φA
C M1
φB
C M2
EXTERNAL FEEDBACK
Auto-Zero Phase B: Null amplifier nulls the main amplifier offset
Fig.2(b): in the second phase, the nulling amplifier (AA) measures the input
difference voltage on AB and stores this value on capacitor CM2, ready for
the next cycle.
a patented auto-zeroing technique
that samples and cancels the input
offset and noise of the amplifier. The
pseudo-random clock frequency varies from 10kHz to 15kHz, reducing
intermodulation distortion present in
chopper-stabilized amplifiers”.
However, we can get a good idea of
how a basic auto-zero amplifier works
by referring to Fig.2.
An auto-zero amplifier is basically
the combination of a normal op amp
(AB) with a “nulling” op amp (AA) that
continually corrects for the DC offset
voltage of the main amplifier. The device is driven by an internal clock that
drives a 2-phase offset process.
In the first phase, in Fig.2(a), the
main amplifier (AB) is offset with the
voltage stored on capacitor CM2. The
nulling amplifier (AA) measures its
own offset voltage and stores it on
capacitor CM1.
In the second phase, in Fig.2(b), the
nulling amplifier (AA) measures the
input difference voltage on AB and
stores this value on capacitor CM2,
ready for the next cycle. This process
continually eliminates the offset voltage of the main amplifier.
A side benefit of this is that it also
eliminates typical op amp 1/f noise, as
the low frequency is treated as a slowly
varying input offset voltage and hence
gets cancelled out.
The pseudo-random clock used in
the MAX4239 also helps to reduce the
effects of intermodulation distortion as
April 2009 61
TPS3809
VDD
R1
RESET
LOGIC
+
TIMER
R2
RESET
GND
OSCILLATOR
1.137V
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
Fig.3: inside the
TPS3809L30 Supply
Voltage Supervisor.
Fig.4: the discharge curves for the 3V lithium battery specified (CR2032),
using a number of different loads.
AC signals approach half the chopping
frequency (10-15KHz).
This remarkable DC performance
allows the μCurrent to have insignificant output offset error. As a result,
it will display 0V output for a zero
current input.
It is also quite a low power device,
drawing around 600μA with a supply
voltage specified down to 2.7V. This
makes it ideal for operation from a
single 3V lithium battery.
The MAX4239 also has a companion
device, the MAX4238. The only difference is that the MAX4239 is a high
bandwidth “decompensated” version
of the MAX4238. The MAX4239 requires a minimum gain of 10 which
we have in this circuit, so it’s better
to use the higher bandwidth device.
If you want to use the MAX4238
then that is possible without any circuit changes, only the bandwidth and
other AC performance measurements
will differ.
A fixed gain of 100 is defined by
62 Silicon Chip
precision resistors R5 and R3+R11.
These are 0.1% resistors with negligible temperature drift.
The 100Ω resistor R9 at the output
of IC1 ensures stability. This value
will be low enough to ensure error-free
operation with multimeters having
greater than 100kΩ input impedance.
If for some reason your meter is lower
than this, than you’ll have to lower the
value of R9 appropriately.
Current ranges
There are three current ranges that
are defined by the shunt resistor on
each range, together with the gain of
IC1.
R2 (10kΩ 0.1%) is the shunt resistor
for the nA range and is permanently
connected across the input terminals.
It gives a burden voltage of 10µV/nA
(1nA x 10kΩ). The other shunt resistors R1 and R8 are disconnected in
the nA range. R2 is permanently connected, ie, not switched, to ensure that
the input is not left open-circuit.
R8 (10Ω 0.1%) is switched in parallel with R2 in the µA range by S1b
which gives a burden voltage of 10μV/
μA (1μA x 10Ω). R2 contributes a small
error of less than 0.1% in this case. It
can be ignored.
R1 (10mΩ 0.5%) is switched in
parallel with R2 in the mA range by
S1b which gives a (resistor) burden
voltage of 10μV/mA (1mA x 10mΩ).
Because R1 is such a low value, the
solder joints and the copper tracks
of the PC board can contribute large
errors, so a special purpose-designed
“shunt” resistor is used. This is a 4-terminal device that includes the 10mΩ
resistor and two “sense” terminals
connected directly across the resistor
on the substrate. This eliminates any
errors caused by solder joint or copper
track resistance.
However, because the 10mΩ shunt
resistor is such a small value compared with the resistance of the range
switch, the switch itself will dominate
the actual total burden voltage. The
switch contact resistance is rated at
70mΩ maximum, so the actual burden
voltage on the mA range will vary
from unit to unit and will change with
time, but can be taken as a nominal
70μV/mA.
The maximum current in the mA
range is a nominal 300mA, as this is
the contact rating of the switch. But
in practice it can be higher than this.
You will notice that the virtual
ground is connected to the sense side
of R1. This means that the sense currents for R2 and R8 also flow through
this terminal but these currents are
negligible and so they have virtually
no effect.
The switch contacts of S1a select
which shunt resistor voltage gets fed
through to op amp IC1.
Power supply
Any current adapter must be able to
handle both positive and negative inputs and so a dual-polarity power supply is required. In a battery-powered
device, this can be achieved in one of
three ways.
The first way is by using two or more
series batteries to a middle “0V” tap.
This method is convenient but takes
more space, there are more batteries
to replace and you can get uneven
current drain from the batteries, thus
making true low-battery detection
more difficult.
The second way is by using a single
siliconchip.com.au
Specifications
Three current ranges:
(1) ±0-300mA (70μV/mA burden voltage typical)
(2) ±0-1000µA (10μV/uA burden voltage)
(3) ±0-1000nA (10μV/nA burden voltage)
Output Voltage Units: 1mV/mA; 1mV/μA & 1mV/nA
Resolution (nA range): 100pA (3.5-digit meter), 10pA (4.5-digit meter)
Accuracy (typical): <0.2% on μA and nA ranges, <0.5% on mA range
Output Offset Voltage: negligible on 4.5-digit meter
Bandwidth: 2kHz nominal (±0.1dB)
Temperature Drift: insignificant over normal ambient range
Noise: < -90dBV
THD: < -60dB
Battery: CR2032 lithium coin cell
Battery Life: >200 hours (LED OFF); >50 hours (LED ON)
Connection: 4mm banana, screw terminal inputs, standard 19mm spacing
battery supply and generating a negative supply using a switched capacitor
inverter. This is convenient for low
current applications but it generates
noise and requires filtering. Also,
using a 3V lithium battery means a
total power supply voltage from 5.4V
to over 6V. But our MAX4239 can
only handle a maximum 5.5V supply voltage, so extra diodes would
be required.
The third method involves a “virtual
ground” split supply circuit and this
is the technique used in the μCurrent
circuit. In effect, the two 100kΩ resistors comprise a voltage divider and
this is buffered by op amp IC2 which
is connected as a unity gain voltage
follower to provide a low impedance
output. However, the output impedance is increased by the series 100Ω
resistor which has been included to
ensure output stability.
The output from the 100Ω resistor
(R10) is now the “virtual ground” reference for the rest of the circuit. This
ensures that IC1 has a ±1.5V supply
from the battery and the input current
shunt resistors can now sense current
in either direction.
IC2 is an LMV321 general-purpose,
low-power, low-voltage op amp (essentially a low-voltage version of the
venerable LM351). The total current
drain for this portion of the circuit is
about 145μA.
Low battery detection
To ensure that what you read on
your multimeter is accurate, it is imsiliconchip.com.au
portant to know if the battery voltage
is low and thus possibly affecting the
measurement. IC3, a Texas Instruments TPS3809L30 Supply Voltage
Supervisor, does this job accurately in
a single chip. It contains a precision resistor divider, a voltage reference and
an output circuit with timer (Fig.3).
If the input voltage on the VDD pin
drops below 2.64V then the Reset-bar
output will go low. In our application,
Reset-bar will be high and thus the
BATT LED will be on if the battery
voltage is above 2.64V. Conveniently,
this is about the “end point” for a
3V lithium coin cell. The discharge
diagram for the lithium battery, using
a number of different loads, is shown
in Fig.4.
By using the same type of 2-pole
3-position switch used for the current
range selection, we are able to get a
very handy “battery check” mode
between the ON and OFF modes, to
switch in IC3 to light the LED. You can
keep using the μCurrent in this mode
with the LED ON if desired but it does
use more battery power.
The in-built timer will take about
0.2s to light the LED, so it’s possible
to move the power switch through
the BATT CHECK mode and not have
the LED light if you are quick enough.
Output voltage range
The MAX4239 is capable of swinging its output fairly close to the supply
rails. Given that the power supply will
be at least ±1.35V for a working battery, this means that the output voltage
Parts List
1 μCurrent double-sided screenprinted PC board, 79 x 50mm
1 UB5 plastic box, 83 x 53 x 28mm
1 CR2032 3V lithium cell
1 1060TR CR2032 SMD battery
holder
2 miniature 3-position PCmount slide switches, C&K
JS203011AQN
1 4mm black banana jack
1 4mm red banana jack
1 4mm black binding post
1 4mm red binding post
Semiconductors
1 MAX4239ASA+ SO8 op amp
(IC1)
1 LMV321AS5X SOT23-5 op
amp (IC2)
1 TPS3809L30DBVR SOT23
voltage monitor (IC3)
1 LTST-C230GKT 1206 reverse
green LED
Capacitors
3 100nF 0805 capacitors
Resistors
2 100kΩ 1% 0805
1 75kΩ 0.1% 0805
1 24kΩ 0.1% 0805
1 10kΩ 0.1% 0805
1 1kΩ 0.1% 0805
1 470Ω 1% 0805
3 100Ω 1% 0805
1 10Ω 0.1% 0805
1 LVK12R010DER 10mΩ 0.5%
1206 (current sense)
Where To Buy
This design is copyright to the author. Both kits and fully-built units
are available from the author at:
www.alternatezone.com/electronics/ucurrent
can approach this figure within a few
millivolts.
Normally though, the μCurrent
will be used with your multimeter’s
mV range which will be typically
up to a maximum of 999.99mV for a
10000-count meter. So there is some
headroom left if you want to push it
higher for any reason.
Output units
The output units are scaled by the
shunt resistors and gain of IC1 to be
precisely 1mV per range unit. So the
April 2009 63
VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
101
104
1mV/mA (10m )
102
CR2032
BATTERY IN
SMD HOLDER
101
104
IC1
104
104
1mV/nA (10k )
471
471
103
R010
1mV/ A (10 )
+
S1
+ CURRENT
INPUT
–
(FRONT PANEL SIDE)
–
IC2
104
104
IC3
102
101
CURRENT
INPUT
100
uCurrent
BATT OK
–
104
753
–
OFF
243 753
ON & BATT CHECK
104
104
243
ON
K
LED1
101
104
101
S2
A
103 100
–
R010
–
101
VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
+
+
+
(REAR/COPPER SIDE)
Fig.5: install the parts on the PC board as shown here. You will need a soldering iron with a small chisel-point tip to
solder the SMD devices to the board, along with a pair of fine-pointed tweeters and some fine solder.
as measured with an Audio Precision
analyser with a 1V output level on the
μA range. There is little performance
difference between the ranges.
The nominal bandwidth is 2kHz, as
the THD starts to increase exponentially after this. This figure is quite sufficient as most meters have a response
1kHz on AC current ranges.
Overloads
The top of the PC board forms the
front panel and is attached to a
UB5-size utility case.
output will be 1mV per mA, 1mV per
μA or 1mV per nA.
This makes it easy and logical to
directly read on your multimeter’s mV
range. So if you read 100mV on your
meter, that equates to 100mA, 100µA,
or 100nA, depending on the range you
have selected.
AC performance
The AC performance is shown in the
accompanying screen shots (Figs.6 & 7)
64 Silicon Chip
Fuses have been omitted from the
design to ensure as low a total burden voltage as possible. Therefore
you must be careful to ensure that the
input is not connected directly across
a supply voltage capable of providing
a current that exceeds the selected
range. Failure to take care here can
result in a blown shunt resistor.
Connectors
The connectors are standard 4mm
banana plugs, with standard 19mm
spacing. This allows the use of various types of adapters if required. The
screw-terminal type connectors are
used for the current input, which is
convenient for connecting to existing
wiring without test leads. The top
screw part can be completely removed
to enable some short “shrouded” banana plug test leads to fit.
Construction
Apart from the connectors and min-
iature slide switches, the entire design
uses surface-mount components. This
was done in order to give a professional look and to reduce cost and size by
using a standard UB5 utility box. The
double-sided PC board is used as the
lid and front panel of the box. Its red
solder mask on the topside provides a
very elegant and durable appearance.
The shield plane on the top layer is
connected to VGND.
All the SMDs are relatively large
0805, SO and SOT packages, so soldering is pretty easy using a basic iron.
Refer to the March 2008 issue of SILICON CHIP for a detailed article on how
to solder surface-mount components,
if you are new to this.
There are a few things that make
SMD hand-soldering much easier: a
small chisel point tip (not conical), fine
multi-core solder (0.56mm or better)
and a pair of fine-pointed tweezers.
Start with the three IC packages,
making sure each one is mounted
with the correct polarity. Follow these
with the resistors and capacitors, taking care not to damage the precision
resistors with excess heat.
Applying a small amount of solder
to one pad first makes it easy to “reflow” the component into place while
you solder the other end.
Next, solder in the LED. This is a
special “bottom emitter” LED which
is effectively soldered in upside down,
siliconchip.com.au
with the light coming through a hole in
the board. Be sure to match the polarity
to the silkscreen.
Next, solder the battery holder into
place, ensuring the correct polarity.
Apply the iron and then solder to the
topside of the flat pin instead of the
pad for this part. The solder should
then reflow easily to the pad underneath.
Now turn the board over and install
the two miniature slide switches,
again ensuring correct orientation. If
you have the vertical switches, then
the side with the metal indent should
face to the outside edge of the board.
Side mount switches should have the
switch lever towards the middle of
the board. Ensure that the switches
are flush with the board and straight,
then tack one pin down first. Check
that everything is OK before soldering the rest.
Finally, install the banana connectors. Unscrew them completely first,
removing all nuts, washers and solder
tags. Install them on the topside with
just the plastic spacers touching the
topside of the PC board.
Next, put the solder tag on the
bottom side and solder it only to the
smaller adjacent solder pad, then place
the washer and screws on top and
tighten. Feel free to add a thread-locker
and/or glue if desired.
Fig.6: this Audio Precision spectrum plot shows the residual noise of the
μCurrent Adaptor circuit.
Testing
Testing is fairly straightforward.
You will need a power supply, some
suitable resistors and your multimeter.
Insert the battery and switch to
BATT CHECK mode. The LED should
light within 0.2s. Switch to ON mode
and the LED should turn off.
Measure the DC voltage from the
negative output connector (VGND) to
first one then the other side of the battery in order to check the split supply
system. You should get approximately
±1.5V and both values should match
closely.
Next, connect the Voltage Output
terminal to your multimeter and set
the multimeter to its mV DC range.
With nothing connected, you should
get a reading of zero on all three current ranges.
The next step is to select a resistor
for each range to give you a decent current level, eg, around half the meter’s
full scale. For example, for a 5V supply, use a 47Ω 1W resistor (106mA), a
47kΩ resistor (106μA) and five 10MΩ
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: although largely of academic interest, this Audio Precision plot shows the
THD vs frequency of the μCurrent Adaptor at a signal level of 1V.
resistors in series (100nA).
That done, connect the test resistor in series with the supply and the
Current Input terminals. Ensure that
you have the correct range selected
before switching on your supply
voltage – you don’t want to blow any
shunt resistors!
Your meter should read approximately 106mV (mA), 106mV (µA) and
100mV (nA) for the values mentioned.
You can double-check your values by
measuring the actual resistor values
and supply voltage and calculating
the current if desired.
If these currents match, then your
μCurrent is ready for operation, as
the calibration is inherent within the
precision 0.1% components used. The
output value should not differ between
BATT CHECK and ON modes.
It might be handy to check the battery current also. It should be around
0.7mA with the LED off and around
3mA with the LED on. Don’t forget
to switch off when you are finished
measuring.
The last step simply involves screwing the PC board onto the box. With
typical infrequent use, the battery
should last many years.
That’s all there is to it. You now have
a precision current measurement tool
ready for those more demanding applications. We hope this article has got
you thinking about the impact burden
voltage can potentially have on current
SC
measurements.
April 2009 65
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
+9V
1 F
560k
3.3k
E
C
10k
C
B
A
LED1
RLY1 DPDT
5.6k
Q1
MPSA65
B
D1
1N4004
Q2
BC548
K
WATER
PUMP
MOTOR
A
1k
K
C
B
270
+
Q5
BC548
SOLID
STATE
RELAY
–
E
230V AC
INPUT
N
A
RLY2
E
~
~
A
N
+9V
560k
1 F
3.3k
LOWER
SENSOR
E
Q3
MPSA65
B
UPPER SENSOR
C
10k
A
LED2
REG1 7809
B
C
E
270
BR1 W04
+
IN
250mA
FUSE
T1
GND
2000 F
25V
100nF
K
270
OUT
Q4
BC548
~
~
230V
12V
–
270
(2VA)
7809
(WATER TANK)
BC548
LEDS
1N4004
A
Automated
water tank filler
This circuit has been very useful
in filling a header tank for a reticulated water supply on a farm. Eight
troughs are supplied in different
paddocks where a lack of water
would have serious consequences
for the stock.
In the past, the tank had been filled
daily by a time clock which was not
successful. During hot weather, the
stock would empty the tank on a
regular basis and then be without
water for several hours or the tank
would overflow and flood the area if
the weather was wet and the cattle
did not drink much.
The circuit described has been
used to maintain the level of water
in the header tank within prescribed
66 Silicon Chip
K
K
A
B
E
GND
MPSA65
IN
C
limits. It controls a 3HP submersible
bore pump which has a high starting
current, necessitating a solid-state
relay sufficient to take the starting
load.
Two Darlington transistors, Q1 &
Q3, in conjunction with Q2 & Q4, are
connected to the upper and lower
water sensors in the tank. Q2 & Q4
have a common 5.6kΩ load resistor
and function as a NOR gate. The
output of the NOR gate drives Q5
which activates relay RLY1.
Initially, when the water level
is low, both sensors will be opencircuit, the NOR gate output will
be high and the relay will be turned
on. This causes the normally closed
(NC) contacts of the relay to open
and disconnect the lower sensor.
However, the upper sensor will still
be open circuit and the NOR gate
C B E
GND
OUT
output will be high, keeping the relay closed. The normally open (NO)
contact of the relay will be closed to
operate the solid-state relay RLY2 to
run the pump.
This state continues until the water reaches the top sensor which will
then drop the output from the NOR
gate to 0V. The disables relay RLY1
and the pump is stopped.
In practice the upper level sensor
is just below the overflow from the
tank and the lower sensor about half
way up the tank. The sensor contacts
are simply two stainless steel screws
about 25mm apart and screwed
through the poly tank walls. The
wiring junctions on the side of the
tank are protected by neutral-cure
silicone sealant.
Geoff Hitchman,
Cape Bridgewater, Vic. ($45)
siliconchip.com.au
D3 1N4004
+12V
R1
270k
K
1 F
A
+
12–15V
470 F
16V
100nF
–
100
16
VR1
100k
Vdd
7
6
470k
8
4
10
3
IC1
7555
2
O13
O12
O11
CP
O10
O9
5
1
39k
15
E
B
14
Q1
BC328
C
12
O8
IC2
4020B O7 13
1
O6
O5
1 F
3
2
11
10nF
D1
1N4148
O4
MR
O3
K
100k
A
Vss
O0
6
4
D2
1N4004
5
7
RLY1 12V
K
A
NC
9
COM
S1
8
NO
BC328
Modified
Flexitimer
The Flexitimer originally published in the March 1991 issue of
“Electronics Australia” is still a very
popular timer and is available from
Jaycar (Cat. KA-1732). However, it
does have the drawback that when
the timer is off there is a constant
load on the power supply due to
the relay. This is undesirable when
operating from a battery.
This modified Flexitimer circuit
is arranged so that the relay is energised during the timer’s on period
and is de-energised when the timer
period has elapsed.
The original Flexitimer has the
relay driven directly from transistor
Q1 so that the relay is off initially
and is energised and the end of the
time period. The relay’s closing
1N4148
1N4004
A
A
K
contacts (normally open) could then
be used to connect power in an external circuit or the opening contact
(normally closed) could disable an
active circuit. The oscillator (IC1) is
allowed to run because the relay coil
(unenergised) holds the reset input
at pin 4 of IC1 at 12V.
The modified circuit shown here
operates similarly except that the
relay is now connected between
the 0V supply rail and the collector of a PNP transistor that has its
emitter connected to the +12V rail.
This effectively reverses the action
of the relay. So when the Flexitimer
is timing out, the selected Q output
of IC2 will be low (0V) and this low
allows current flow from the emitter
to the base of Q1, switching it on.
The collector of Q1 holds the pin 4
K
B
E
C
(reset) of IC1 at +12V, allowing the
oscillator to run.
At the end of the timing period, the
selected Q output of IC2 goes high,
switching off Q1 and pulling the
reset of IC1 low via the now unenergised relay coil. Diode D2 prevents
the voltage at the collector of Q1
from going more than -0.6V when it
is turned off, while a 100Ω resistor
to IC1’s reset input (pin 4) limits current flowing from the input.
The standby power drawn by the
circuit is now only due to the current drawn by IC1 and IC2, plus the
resistance of R1 and VR1. Preferably
IC1 should be a 7555 or LMC555CN
(a CMOS 555) to minimise standby
current.
John Clarke,
SILICON CHIP.
C h o o s e Yo u r P r i z e
There are now five great reasons to
send in your circuit idea for publication
in SILICON CHIP. We pay for each item
published or better still, the best item in
“Circuit Notebook” each month will entitle
the author to choose one of four prizes:
(1) an LCR40 LCR meter, (2) a DCA55
Semiconductor Component Analyser, (3)
an ESR60 Equivalent Series Resistance
Analyser or (4) an SCR100 Thyristor &
Triac Analyser, with the compliments of
siliconchip.com.au
Peak Electronic Design Ltd. See their
website at www.peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in. Send it to
SILICON CHIP and you could be a winner.
You can either email your idea to
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it to
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
April 2009 67
Circuit Notebook – Continued
+ RAIL
RTS
LEDS
V+
K
D1
1N4148
REG1
LM334Z
10 F
35V
A
SG
TD
V–
E
A
33
C
K
E
D2
1N4148
1
Q1
BC548
–
C
2
A
3
C
B
E
10k
TO 20mA
CURRENT LOOP
PORT ON
COMPUTER
+IN
4
+
R
SEND
LED1
K
A
OPTO1
K1010
B
LM334Z
B
K
R
2mA
10k
BC548, BC558
K
Q2
BC548
D3
1N4148
A
–IN
+ RAIL
1N4148
68
Q5
BC558
TO RS-232C
PORT ON PC
100nF
B
C
68
RD
E
Q6
BC548
C
E
1M
Q4
BC548
B
15k
15k
C
A
100k
100k
B
E
C
B
100k
I was recently reunited with my
2650 Mini Computer (“Electronics
Australia”, May 1978) which was
intended to be used with a Teletype ASR33 teleprinter via a 20mA
current loop serial interface. The
teleprinter provided the 2650 with
a keyboard input and a printer output (before the days of CRT video
monitors).
Having donated my teleprinter
to the local museum, I decided to
build an RS232C-to-current-loop
converter so that I could use a PC as
the terminal. The circuit consists of
a send channel fed by TD (Transmit
Data) and a receive channel, feeding
RD (Receive Data). The optocouplers
in each channel electrically isolate
the two current loops from each
other and isolate the two computers
from each other as well.
The current loop side is relatively
easy, as the computer supplies all
the current for both the send and
receive loops. The RS232C side of
the converter is powered by the RTS
signal line, which is normally high if
the terminal emulator is configured
for no hardware handshaking. The
68 Silicon Chip
K
4
A
major design consideration in this
circuit is that RS232C signals are
relatively high impedance, so not
much current is available from RTS.
In addition, the maximum voltage
on RTS may be anywhere between
+5V and +25V.
To overcome this variability, the
send optocoupler LED is driven by
an LM334Z constant current source
with a 33Ω bias resistor to set the
current to 2mA. The LM334Z has
a dropout voltage of only about 1V,
leaving sufficient voltage to drive the
optocoupler’s LED even if the RTS
signal only swings to +5V.
In RS232C, logic 0 is a positive
voltage while a logic 0 in the current
loop is represented by no current
flowing. This inversion is implement
ed by using Q1 to shunt the send
optocoupler LED (OPTO2) when the
TD signal is high (logic 0).
The constant current source ensures that the same current is drawn
from RTS regardless of whether the
send optocoupler LED is on or off,
thereby preventing the send channel
of the circuit from influencing the
RTS voltage available for the receive
channel of the circuit. It also makes
the send circuit immune to the variations in the voltage available from
+OUT
K
D4
1N4148
E
1
3
RS232C to current
loop converter
RECEIVE
LED2
OPT2
K1010
Q3
BC548
K
2
A
–OUT
the RTS line due to the different
currents drawn by the receive circuit
for 0 and 1 signals.
The circuit feeding the RD line
uses transistors Q3-Q6 in a pushpull output stage designed to present
an impedance to RD as close as possible to the impedance of RTS, while
at the same time drawing minimal
current from RTS.
Since there is a brief period during
signal transitions when both output
transistors will be on, a low pass
filter (68Ω & 100nF) is included to
prevent any transients from reaching
the RD line. The 68Ω emitter load resistor for Q5, together with the 10μF
capacitor between RTS and ground,
minimises the impact of switching
transients on the positive supply.
Diode D1 acts as a crowbar to prevent negative voltages being applied
to the RS232C side of the interface
in case RTS goes negative.
The optocouplers used are Cosmo
K1010. Most other types of optocoupler will work in the receive channel
but the send channel has a relatively
low input current so a type with a
current transfer ratio (CTR) greater
than around 50% is recommended;
the 4N3x family should work but the
4N2x family may not.
siliconchip.com.au
Helping to put you in Control
Control Devices
Laser Photo Electric Sensor
A through beam
laser photo electric
sensor. Can operate in bright
sunlight up to a distance of 20m.
IP67. Powered from 10-30VDC.
$75.00+GST
Simple counter uses crystal clock as a readout
This circuit uses a cheap quartz
clock as the counter display. The
circuit will count to 43,200 (60
seconds × 60 minutes × 12 hours).
With this capacity, it would be
capable of counting total attendance
at most major public events.
In fact, the total count may be
increased to nearly 200,000, with
a small loss of accuracy (this is explained later).
IC1, a 4017 decade counter, continually cycles through its Q0 & Q1
outputs so that these reverse every
time that a clock pulse is fed to pin
14. The paralleled inverters of IC2
buffer these complementary pulses.
IC2c & IC2d are driven directly by
pin 3 of IC1, while IC2a & IC2b are
driven via a 470nF capacitor. This
is combined with a 330Ω resistor R2
to form a differentiating network.
The resultant waveform across
the clock coil is an alternating pulse
waveform with a peak value of 4V,
ie, the pulses are +4V, -4V and so
on. The 330Ω resistor (R3)limits the
coil current.
IC2f is an oscillator buffered by
IC2e. This provides a pulse source
for testing clock operation. It could
also provide a “fast clock” function
The circuit does not generate
negative voltages on RD, so it is not
entirely RS232C-compliant but most
modern computer serial ports will
interpret voltages below +3V on RD
as logic 1. By the same token, the
siliconchip.com.au
of the circuit.
T. Scarb
o
The count may
is this m rough
onth’s
w
inne
be multiplied by
Peak Atl r of a
as
moving the conInstrum Test
ent
nection at pin 4
(Q2) of IC1 to another
output. If it is moved, for
example, to pin 10 (Q4), the circuit
will count to 86,400, with a 50%
chance that a single count will be
dropped (the final count on the
clock face, in this case, needs to be
multiplied by two).
If the connection to pin 4 is moved
to pin 11 (Q9), the circuit will count
to 194,400, with a proportionate loss
of accuracy (multiply by 4.5).
The signal applied to the clock
input (pin14 of IC1) must not exceed Vdd (positive) or be less than
Vss (0V). In addition, filtering may
be required for a turnstile counter
switch to eliminate contact bounce.
Use a 1kΩ pullup resistor between
pins 14 & 16 of IC1 if a switch is
used to activate the counter. A 100μF
electrolytic capacitor can be connected across the switch for contact
debouncing.
Rev Thomas Scarborough,
Fresnaye, Capetown,
South Africa.
circuit interprets any voltage below
0.6V on TD as a logic 1, so it will
cope with RS232C ports that are noncompliant in the same way.
Andrew Partridge,
Toowoomba, Qld. ($60)
Hall Effect Devices
When you wish to
detect magnetic
devices. Featuring
an operating frequency up to 5 KHz, long operating
life, IP67 rating and red LED indicator. From $27.50+GST
ViewPID
Software
Our new software enables
you to monitor
and record the
performance of your PID controllers.
Originally developed for our line of
Novus PID controllers it can be easily
adjusted for other manufacturer’s
controllers Price $50.00+GST
Weatherproof Ultra
Sonic Range Finder.
This weatherproof IP67
ultrasonic range sensor
provides accurate
readings of 0 to 6.45m
in 2.5 increments with little or no
dead zone! Price $175+GST
Hi Power Motor
Driver
MOSFET H-bridge
motor driver enables bidirectional
control of DC
brushed motor. The little 3.3×2cm
board supports a 5.5 to 24 V voltage
range and can deliver a continuous
15 A without a heat sink, or 21 A
with heat sink. From $74.50+GST
Solid State Relays
able to switch 440VAC
40Amp. DC and AC
triggered available
From $42.50+GST
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: 03 9782 5882
www.oceancontrols.com.au
April 2009 69
Circuit Notebook – Continued
+Vcc
R2
1k
100nF
R1
0.1
5W
10k
VR1
25k
3
2
7
IC1
4
1
K
ZD1
15V
LED1
8
6
100nF
100
K
A
A
BS250
D
IC1: LF355A
8
3
2
RLOAD
IC2: LM358N
S Q1
G
1
IC2a
OUTPUT
4
5
7
IC2b
6
R3
10k
1k
0V
BS250
LED
ZD1
A
K
High side
current monitor
This circuit is designed to allow a
microcontroller with an ADC (analogto-digital converter) to sense current
flow, although it could be useful in
other applications, including analog
circuits.
The most common method involv
es passing the current through a
shunt (resistor) and measuring the
voltage drop across it. This resistor
can be either on the high side (VCC)
or the low side (ground) of the load.
Sometimes a high-side monitor is
desirable to avoid causing a shift in
ground potential as seen by the load.
The challenge in this case is that the
voltage developed is relative to the
positive power supply but that ADCs
are usually ground-referenced.
Low-side sensing is simpler but
high-side sensing only requires a
few extra components. The LF355A
op amp is used in this circuit be-
K
A
G
S
D
cause it can sense all the way up
to its positive supply voltage and
because JFET inputs result in less
error due to input leakage current.
The LF355A data sheet contains a
similar circuit that uses a JFET and
fewer components but a Mosfet
should be superior due to a lower
gate leakage.
It works as follows: op amp IC1
drives the gate of P-channel Mosfet
Q1 via a 100Ω resistor and LED1. The
100Ω resistor is required because Q1
has substantial gate capacitance and
the circuit might be unstable without
it. If using a larger Mosfet with more
gate capacitance, you might need
to increase the value of the resistor
and the associated 10kΩ resistor in
proportion. Virtually any P-channel
Mosfet with an on-threshold above
4V is suitable.
LED1 is necessary because the onthreshold of Q1 may be so small that
IC1 can’t pull its gate sufficiently
close to VCC to turn it off. You may
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies safe with these handy binders
Available Aust. only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per
order (includes GST). Just fill in and mail the handy
order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call
(02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
Buy five and get them postage free!
70 Silicon Chip
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS
P&P
need to experiment a little to determine whether a red, yellow or green
LED best matches your Mosfet, as
the LED forward voltage can vary,
depending on the colour and type.
The key point is that most standard LEDs have a forward voltage in
the range of 1.8-2.5V and IC1 can
drive its output to within 2-3V of
VCC. If LED1 has a forward voltage
of around 2V, this means IC1 can
drive Q1’s gate to within 1V of VCC
in the worst case and this is enough
to turn off just about any discrete
P-channel Mosfet.
To adjust the amplification, change
the ratio of the Mosfet’s source and
drain resistors (1kΩ & 10kΩ). Make
sure that the 0.1Ω shunt resistor can
handle the heat that will be generated at the maximum load current.
Op amp IC2a is connected as unity
gain voltage follower to buffer the
Mosfet’s output so that the input
bias current of the ADC can’t affect
the result. The output of IC2a then
drives the ADC or other circuitry.
The circuit should operate starting at around 8V. This limitation is
primarily due to IC1. If operating
close to this limit, ensure Q1 has
a low on-threshold. The circuit as
shown can operate up to a VCC of
36V, beyond which IC1 and IC2
could be damaged.
The major sources of inaccuracy
will be the matching of resistors
R1, R2 and R3 (use 1% resistors or
better) and the offset voltage and
bias currents of IC1 and IC2. IC1
has provision for the connection of
a trimpot (R7) to cancel out its offset
voltage. Adjust R7 to get the output
as close to 0 as possible with no load.
You can compensate for amplification errors with a scale factor in the
microcontroller if necessary.
Editor’s note: the LF355A in this
circuit only has a typical specification for the input common mode
voltage range that is 0.1V above the
positive supply.
The minimum specification input
common mode voltage range is ±11V
for a ±15V supply. You may need
to select a particular LF355A that
works in the circuit. 0.1% resistors
are required for R1, R2 and R3 for
60dB accuracy.
Nicholas Vinen,
Randwick, NSW. ($40)
siliconchip.com.au
S1
120
+12V
A
TILT SENSOR
CONSTRUCTION
TILT
SENSOR
PC BOARD
LED2
15mm
x M3
CSK HEAD
SCREW
16
Vdd
O1
INSULATING
PLUG
O2
14
CP0
O3
O4
CONNECTING
LEAD
NUTS, SOLDER
LUG AND
LOCKWASHER
47k
3
B
2
K
O0
15
13
MR
O7
O8
CP1
O9
Vss
8
LED37
LED38
LED39
C
Q1
E
B
4
LED40
K
K
K
C
E
7
10
10x
IC1
4017B O5 1
O6
A
10 COLUMNS OF
FOUR MIXED COLOUR LEDS
LED4
BALL
BEARING
A
LED1
LED3
BRASS TUBE
SOLDERED
TO COPPER
A
BC547
5
6
9
B
11
C
E
B
C
Q10
10x 4.7k
O5-9
12
E
0V
LEDS
Electronic
kaleidoscope
This toy was made to suit young
children. A mixture of 40 red, green
and yellow 3mm LEDs is set in an 8
x 5 grid, at 0.6-inch spacing (to suit
Veroboard), in the top of an instrument style case, measuring about
190 x 135 x 45mm.
The LEDs are driven in mixed
groups of four by the 10 outputs of
a 4017 decade counter. The LEDs are
wired in random fashion, with one
group of four making a close cluster,
another zigzagging across the space
and so on.
The 4017 counter is clocked by
a tilt sensor. This comprises a ball
bearing loose in a vertical brass tube
8mm diameter and about 20mm
long. The top end of the tube is soldered to the Veroboard, to provide
one contact. At the lower end is
an insulating plug through which
passes a countersunk head screw.
This is the second contact.
As the toy is tilted, the ball rolls
about and bridges the screw and the
brass tube so it is subject to lots of
contact bounce which provides lots
of random clocking for the counter.
Although only four LEDs are lit at
any time, it generally looks as if
K
A
Fills the gap between textbooks and
handbooks. Intended for nonspecialist users; explores all of the
widely-used motor types.
$
60
Practical Variable
Speed Drives
– by Malcolm Barnes
An essential reference for engineers
and anyone who wishes to
or use variable
$
105 design
speed drives.
AC Machines – by Jim Lowe
Applicable to Australian trade-level
courses including NE10, NE12 and
parts of NE30. Covers all types of
AC motors.
$
66
DVD Players and
Drives – by KF Ibrahim
DVD technology and applications with
emphasis on design, maintenance
and repair. Iideal for engineers, technicians, students, instal$
95 lation and sales staff.
E
C
nearly all are lit, due to persistence
of vision.
The tilt sensor hangs down from
the inside of the top of the box. For
children who can’t hold the box to
rock it, one rubber foot is fitted in
the centre of the bottom. Then as the
box rests on a table it can be easily
rocked to and fro, making the LEDs
flash – a merry garden of lights.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Qld. ($35)
into MOTORS/CONTROL?
Electric Motors and
Drives – by Austin Hughes
BC547
B
There’s something to suit every
microcontroller
motor/control master
maestroininthe
the
SILICON CHIP reference bookshop:
see the bookshop pages in this issue
Performance Electronics
for Cars – from SILICON CHIP
16 specialised projects to make your
car really perform, including engine
modifiers and controllers,
$
80 instruments and timers.
19
Switching Power
Supplies – by Sanjaya Maniktala
Theoretical and practical aspects of
controlling EMI in switching power
supplies. Includes bonus CD$
ROM.
115
! Audio ! RF ! Digital ! Analog ! TV ! Video ! Power Control ! Motors ! Robots ! Drives ! Op Amps ! Satellite
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 71
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
By MAURO GRASSI
Tektronix MSO2024
Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
A 200MHz, 1GS/s 4/16-channel mixed-signal oscilloscope
The Tektronix MS2024 is a compact mixed-signal oscilloscope
that is suitable for a wide range of applications or educational
use. It has four analog and 16 digital inputs, a sampling rate of
1Gs/s and an operating bandwidth up to 200MHz. It is very easy
to use and does not take up a lot of valuable bench space.
T
HE 4-CHANNEL MSO2024 is the top of the Tek2000
range. Its ability to accept up to 16 digital inputs for
debugging of logic applications makes it particularly attractive, especially since it is such a compact unit. The
operating bandwidth of this model is 200MHz and this will
be more than adequate for most applications, including
audio, video and general assorted use.
The high sampling rate 1GS/s (Gigasamples per second),
allows a timebase speed of up to 2ns/div. And although
some oscilloscopes share the sampling rate among the
available channels, the MSO2024 achieves 1GS/s on all
four channels at all times.
When you first pick up this scope, it gives two impressions. First, it is quite wide but not very deep at 140mm
76 Silicon Chip
and therefore it won’t take up a lot of bench space which
tends to be at a premium in most labs and workshops.
The second impression is the wide aspect ratio screen.
The display is a 7-inch WQVGA (Wide Quarter VGA). A
wide QVGA screen must have the same vertical resolution
as a QVGA screen but its aspect ratio will be different to
the standard 4:3.
In this case, the display has a resolution of 480 x 234
pixels giving an aspect ratio close to 2:1. This allows you
to get a good display showing several cycles of typical
signals, something that’s not possible on a screen of lesser
width. The LCD also has a simulated phosphor response,
meaning the intensity of the pixels varies according to the
time they are on.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: a screen grab showing a typical menu. You can see
what the soft buttons running vertically down the side
of the screen do as their function is clearly indicated
adjacent to them on the screen. This sub menu gives
the options for displaying the background grid. The
intensity of the grid can also be changed using one of
the general-purpose knobs. The other knob then lets you
change the intensity of the traces on the screen.
Fig.2: this shot shows the Wave Inspector feature
applied to a sinewave. You can see that the display has
been split and the top window shows you the entire
recorded wave train. The bigger, bottom window then
shows the zoomed-in part bracketed out in the top
window. In each case, you can pan across the record
and zoom in on it using two concentric knobs. The pan
knob has a jogging action.
Fig.3: this is not just a DSO (Digital Storage
Oscilloscope), it’s actually an MSO (a Mixed Signal
Oscilloscope) as this screen demonstrates. In this shot,
eight digital channels are recording the activity on the
driving pins of a static LCD display. The square driving
signals on the segments can be seen (some are in phase
and some are out of phase with the backplane drive).
You can select three different sizes for the digital traces
and even move them around.
Fig.4: a sinewave (green trace) at around 4.5kHz is
shown while above it is the result of the MATHs function
(red trace) which shows the square of the sinewave. The
MATHs trace is computed in real time but we found
the response of the oscilloscope was sluggish with the
record length set to 1Mpts. We therefore changed it
to 125kpts to speed up the response, especially of the
MATHs trace rendering. You can also perform the FFT
using the MATHs features.
Apart from that, you can vary the persistence of the dots
for periods ranging from 400ms up to around 10 seconds
and then to infinite persistence. This would be useful to
see fine or quickly changing details of the waveform.
User interface
The oscilloscope has dedicated vertical sensitivity and
offset knobs for each of the four analog channels. This
makes it considerably easier to use than if the controls
were “doubled” up. Below the sensitivity knobs are the
four associated BNC sockets which are probe sensing as
well as being able to work with active probes. However,
the four 10:1 probes supplied with the scope do not have
the plugs to enable auto sensing.
To explain further, with probe-sensing inputs, the scope
automatically changes the vertical sensitivity displayed on
the screen. So if you select a sensitivity of 1V/div and then
plug in a 10:1 probe, the displayed sensitivity will take
the probe attenuation into account and change to 10V/div.
There is an extra BNC connector for the auxiliary trigger input and a rectangular connector for the 16 digital
siliconchip.com.au
channels. Around the screen itself is an array of “soft buttons” whose function changes according to the displayed
menus. These are easy to use because their functions are
indicated next to or above them on the screen, according
to which menu you are in. A screen grab of a typical menu
is shown in Fig.1.
There are two general-purpose knobs with digital clicking action referred to as “a” and “b”. According to which
menu you are in, you use these to vary settings. Again,
their function is clearly indicated on the display.
The other knobs relate to (1) the trigger level (pushing
this knob sets the trigger to 50%), (2) the timebase and
(3) the pan and zoom controls. The latter are two concentric knobs. The larger of the two has a jogging action,
allowing you to pan the waveform, while the smaller one
allows you to zoom in on the waveform by as much as
10,000 times!
Replay & review waveforms
The pan and zoom features are part of the so-called
“Wave Inspector” module. A small window appears in the
April 2009 77
of “FilterVu”. This allows you to capture glitches in your
signal while still filtering out unwanted noise. The way it
works is that two waveforms are displayed superimposed.
One is a filtered waveform (with reduced noise components) while the other captures any glitches.
This is similar to the “peak-detect” feature in some other
oscilloscopes and can help in seeing fast glitches in a signal
that may be the difference between reliable operation of a
circuit and intermittent failures.
Trigger options
Fig.5: the list of possible measurements is extensive. One
of the nicer features is that you can take a snapshot of
all the measurements at the touch of a button. This shot
shows the result of applying the snapshot to a sinewave
and we can see that the frequency is around 4.5kHz, the
DC offset is around -175mV and the RMS amplitude is
close to 2V. Remember that some of these measurements
are “equivalent”; for example, frequency is the reciprocal
of period.
Fig.6: a screen grab of the OpenChoice PC software. This
shows a screen grab on the PC, as captured from the
oscilloscope. The PC is connected to the oscilloscope via
a USB cable, using the USB device port on the back of the
MSO2024.
top of the screen showing the entire captured wavetrain.
You can then use the pan control knob to move forwards
or backwards in time from the trigger point. But you can
do even more than that. You can mark points in the record
and move between them at the touch of a button, and even
search the record.
The criterion for a search match is similar to the trigger
options. You can, for example, search for a rising edge, a
particular positive pulse width and so on. The difference
is that it is applied to the captured wavetrain rather than
the real-time signal. There is one further advantage: once
the wave train has been captured, you can experiment
with different searches!
You may then mark the relevant points where the search
found the trigger and go back to it or scroll back and forth
between saved markers. A screen grab showing the Wave
Inspector is shown in Fig.2.
Capturing fast glitches
This oscilloscope has another feature by the odd name
78 Silicon Chip
Triggering is an integral part of the operation of any oscilloscope, as in normal acquisition mode, the oscilloscope
will only display a waveform once the trigger condition
is met. Choosing the appropriate trigger can mean the
difference between capturing detail relevant to you or
not. So how does the MSO2024 measure up in terms of
triggering options?
As commonly found in current oscilloscopes, the trigger
can be AC or DC-coupled or low or high-pass filtered to
reduce spurious noise. You can select a hold-off period
from the last trigger point during which the triggering
is effectively disarmed. The hold-off prevents spurious
triggering due to level transitions and other artefacts in
the signal.
The standard triggering modes of the MSO2024 include
the usual edge and pulse-width triggering modes as well
as standard video triggering (NTSC, PAL, SECAM). Runt
triggering allows you trigger when a signal rises above
a preset threshold voltage but fails to clear the voltage
threshold subsequently. For edge triggering, you can select
a rising or falling level and select the threshold voltage.
For pulse width triggering, you can choose the polarity of
the pulse (positive or negative), its minimum amplitude
and width.
Since this is a mixed-signal oscilloscope, you can also
trigger on the logic conditions from one or more of the 16
digital channels. For example, you can choose to trigger
when one digital input is high while another is low.
Digital inputs
We should mention that the 16 digital channels are
synchronised to the analog waveforms. You can also select
the voltage threshold for the digital channels. For example,
you can define a high level to be anything above 2.5V and
a low level to be below that.
The digital threshold voltage can be set arbitrarily or
chosen from a list of known logic families like TTL or
3.3V CMOS. The MSO2024 comes with an adaptor that
plugs into the front of the oscilloscope to connect the 16
digital inputs and they can easily be attached to the leads
of most ICs. The screen grab of Fig.3 shows some digital
waveforms on the screen.
Optional modules
You can purchase additional modules to enhance the
features of the oscilloscope. For example, there are modules
to decode serial protocols like I2C, RS232/485, LIN, CAN
and SPI, as well as HD TV formats. The serial protocols
will be especially useful for debugging embedded systems,
as these typically use a number of serial protocols.
The MSO2024 also includes, for the serial protocols, an
event table. This is a log of the relevant decoded data in
siliconchip.com.au
Specifications At A Glance
Analog channels:
Digital channels:
Analog Bandwidth:
Sampling Rate:
Memory Depth:
Vertical Sensitivity:
Vertical Resolution:
LCD display:
Net Weight:
4
16
DC to 200MHz
1GS/s
1Mpts
2mV/div – 5V/div (x1 probe)
8 bits
7-inch widescreen QVGA LCD
(480 x 234 pixels)
4.08kg
chronological order. The optional modules come as small
“cards” that plug into ports on the front panel.
Note that for the modules not installed in your oscilloscope, there is a 30-day free trial, activated when you
first use it.
Making measurements
All the usual measurements you would expect can be
made, like RMS, frequency and peak-to-peak voltage. In
fact, the range of measurements is quite comprehensive,
including rise and fall times, burst width, cycle RMS and
mean, overshoot, etc.
One nice feature is that you can take a “snapshot” of
the waveform in which case all measurements are applied
to it. This gives you a very easy way of taking the vital
statistics of a waveform and is shown in Fig.5.
MATHs features
The MATHs features of this oscilloscope allow you to
add, subtract and multiply two waveforms and display
the result as a separate (red) trace. You can also perform
the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) on an input channel,
which effectively separates the signal into its frequency
components.
In Fig.4 we show the result of using the MATHs function
to compute, in real time, the square of a sinewave. Maths
waveforms can be created from real-time channel data or
from previously stored reference waveforms: there are two
of these and they are stored in non-volatile memory.
The oscilloscope’s response is slow at times. We found
it especially slow when displaying the MATH trace with
the full 1Mpts record length but this improved once we
lowered the record length to 125kpts.
By the way, updating the firmware is quite easy. You
simply download the file from the Tektronix website, copy
it to a USB flash drive and insert the drive into the oscilloscope’s host USB port on the front panel. The oscilloscope
then recognises the files and starts the update process.
USB ports & software
The MSO2024 has a USB host port on the front panel
for connecting a USB flash drive. You can then use the
supplied software to save screen grabs and oscilloscope
settings (you may subsequently restore the settings).
There is also a USB device port on the back of the oscilloscope. This allows you to connect it to a PC and by
using the supplied data logging software, NI LabView’s
SignalExpress, you can remotely control the oscilloscope
and acquire screen grabs directly. Remember that the LAN
port is not standard, though.
Available options are Ethernet and GPIB ports, as well
as a module that plugs in at the back of the oscilloscope
and provides VGA and LAN connections.
Conclusion
The MSO2024 is an affordable scope with many features
found in more expensive models. In particular, the measurement options are comprehensive, the Wave Inspector
that allows you to pan and zoom the stored waveform is
the same as used on higher end models.
The firmware is among the best we have seen. The menus
are intuitive to use and the logic of the interface is easy to
learn. The ability to make automatic and custom measurements and to search, zoom in on and play back waveforms
makes this oscilloscope a desirable debugging tool.
The MSO2024 is supplied with four 200MHz passive
probes, a 16-channel digital adaptor, manuals NI LabView
SignalExpress and Open Choice PC software and a 3-year
warranty.The price is $A9760.00 (ex. GST). The VGA and
LAN interface is priced at $A749.00 (ex. GST). It can be
purchased from Tekmark Australia, Suite 302, 18 Orion
Rd, Lane Cove, NSW 2066. Phone: (02) 9911 3888 or visit:
SC
www.tekmark.net.au
The MSO2024 is supplied with four 200MHz passive probes
and a 16-channel digital adaptor.
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 79
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
The Airzone 520/550 5-valve
mantel receiver
B
Y THE MID-1930s, many manufacturers were building welldesigned superheterodyne receivers.
This was made possible by the development of new components. In particular, valves specifically designed for
the task of frequency conversion had
become common and these considerably improved the circuitry around
the converter/mixer stages.
Airzone, like many other manufacturers, was quick to embrace this step
forward in valve design, as they made
it easy to design receivers with greatly
improved performance. Airzone was
established in Sydney in 1931 and
quickly established itself as a manufacturer of good-quality domestic
receivers.
The company’s 520/550 5-valve
superhet receiver was released in the
mid 1930s and built on that wellearned reputation. It is a well-made
set with distinctive styling and is easy
to service and align.
The Airzone 520/550
Manufactured in the mid-1930s, the Airzone
520/550 is an early 5-valve superhet that
was capable of good performance. It was
housed in a distinctive bakelite cabinet and
is usually easy to restore to working order.
80 Silicon Chip
Airzone’s method of identifying
their sets was different from that used
by other manufacturers. Basically, they
gave the chassis one number and the
cabinet that housed it another number
and combined the two together. This
enabled them to quickly identify both
the chassis and the cabinet.
In the case of the Airzone 520/550,
the number indicated a model 520
chassis fitted into a model 550 cabinet.
By contrast, other manufacturers gave
sets with slight cabinet variations different model numbers, even though
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Airzone Model 520/550 is a typical 5-valve superhet from the mid-1930s. The 6A7 functions as a frequency
converter and is followed by a 6D6 IF amplifier, a 75 detector/audio preamplifier and a 42 audio output stage.
they used the same chassis. This
meant that a string of sets with different model numbers could, in fact, be
electrically identical.
As shown in the photos, an attractive, tall, brown bakelite cabinet was
used to house the Airzone 520/550.
This featured an ivory-coloured escutcheon around the dial and speaker
cloth. However, the speaker cloth in
this particular receiver looks as though
it has been replaced so I cannot be sure
what the original looked like.
The controls along the lower edge
of the cabinet are white bakelite and
from left to right they are for volume,
tuning and tone. As was typical of
the mid to late 1930s, the power was
switched on and off at the wall socket.
For a mantel receiver, the 520/550 is
quite tall and would also have needed
quite a wide mantelpiece to safely
support it. In fact, it could have just as
easily been called a “table” set rather
than a “mantel” set.
The layout inside the set is straightforward, with the chassis sitting on
the bottom of the cabinet. However,
as shown in the photos, the speaker,
speaker transformer and filter capacitors are all fitted to an elevated bracket
assembly that’s attached to the chassis,
with the parts sitting just behind the
loudspeaker. As a result, the set cannot
be rested upside down for service and
instead must be laid on its side.
A look at the circuit
The circuit of the 520 chassis is
typical of better designs from the preoctal valve and pre iron-dust core era.
siliconchip.com.au
It is purely a broadcast-band receiver,
which simplifies any work needed
underneath the chassis. Fig.1 shows
the circuit details.
The antenna input circuit is typical
of the era, with some top coupling
between the antenna and the tuned
winding. However, resonating the
primary winding to a frequency below
the broadcast band was not a feature
of this set, nor was it used in sets from
other manufacturers at that time. Resistor R1 is there to even the response
across the broadcast band.
The first valve in the line-up is a
6A7. This is the frequency converter
and it converts the incoming broadcast
signal to several frequencies, one of
which is the 456kHz intermediate
frequency (IF). This is fed to an IF
amplifier stage based on a 6D6.
The oscillator tuning circuit in the
converter stage is a little different to
most others, as there is no high tension
(HT) voltage on the feedback winding.
Note that this circuit uses variable padder C3 to adjust the low-frequency end
of the tuning instead of the iron-dust
or ferrite cores used in later sets.
The IF transformers are air-cored
and the IF stage is aligned to 456kHz
using the trimmers across the transformer windings. The IF signal is amplified by the 6D6 and passed through
a second IF transformer to the detector
and AGC diodes in a 75 valve.
Simple AGC is used so that even
with just noise being received, a small,
negative amount of AGC control voltage is developed across resistors R8
& R9. In particular, the top of R8 is
always negative with respect to the
bottom of R9 which connects to the
cathode of the 75.
Note that the DC return for the
detector and AGC diodes goes to the
cathode of the 75. When there is no
input signal, this means that the AGC
line will be positive due to the voltage
drop across R10, which is around 1.3V.
Normally, this would be an indication of either a design fault or a
component failure. However, that’s
not the case here because both the
6A7 and 6D6 have cathode bias, with
the valve cathodes resting at around
+3V with reference to the chassis. This
results in a bias of -1.7V between the
signal grids and the cathodes of these
two stages.
When a strong signal is received,
the positive voltage on the AGC line
quickly goes negative to the tune of
several volts, so the operation of the
AGC system is quite normal.
Detected audio
The detected audio signal from the
75 has any 456kHz signal filtered out
by a network consisting of C7, R8 &
C8. The filtered audio signal is then
applied to the triode section of the 75
valve for amplification.
Any 100Hz hum on the HT line to
the 75 is filtered out using R12 & C11.
The amplified audio is then applied
to a 42 output stage where it is further
amplified and fed to the loudspeaker
via a transformer. In addition, a
switched tone control system is wired
between the 42’s plate and chassis.
The power supply is standard for the
April 2009 81
The paper and electrolytic capacitors had all been replaced by the previous restorer, as had a number of resistors. In addition, the loudspeaker had
been repaired using several “blobs”
of a white silicone compound to fill
in the holes. It doesn’t look too good
but it does do the job. An equivalent
black compound would have looked
much better but a replacement speaker
is really the way to go if one can ever
be found.
As a safety precaution, a fuse had
been added to the mains input. However, this is of doubtful value as it is
a 3A unit and is therefore unlikely
to blow before real damage has been
done to the set. This set draws about
55W (approximately 0.25A), so a better
rating for the fuse is 0.5A. This would
then protect the set in the case of a
severe fault.
Cleaning up
Several holes in the loudspeaker had been patched by a previous restorer
using a white silicone compound. It does the job but looks awful.
era, with an 80 acting as a full-wave
rectifier. This in turn feeds an 8μF filter
capacitor (C16) and the field coil of the
dynamic loudspeaker. The HT output
from the field coil is then further filtered by another 8μF capacitor (C15).
This filtered output forms the HT line
for the remainder of the receiver.
Restoration
The chassis is easy to remove – just
remove the three control knobs, undo
four screws which pass through the
bottom of the cabinet and release the
two clamps that secure the speaker
against the front of the cabinet. The latter, by the way, ensure that the speaker
is held hard against the front of the
cabinet so that it has a reasonable baffle
to ensures good sound quality.
82 Silicon Chip
Having removed these parts, it’s
then just a matter of sliding the chassis out of the cabinet. In this case, the
cabinet was still in good order, with
a good shine present on the bakelite.
As a result, it required no work other
than a quick clean-up with some soapy
water.
This set had actually been restored
at some time in the past, before it was
loaned to me. As a result, I did not
expect it to require much work.
A glance under the chassis reveals
that some of the wiring goes to small
round tagstrips. In general, the parts
are well-spaced and so short-circuits
are unlikely. However, it is necessary
to move some components aside to
get at others near the bottom of the
chassis.
The set had been in storage for quite
some time, so the first job was to give
the chassis a good dust out. That done,
the valves were removed and the chassis cleaned using a kerosene-soaked
kitchen scourer. This produced a good
result although it would be necessary
to completely dismantle the set to return it to pristine condition, a job that’s
not to be undertaken lightly.
Two of the valves needed re-gluing
to their bases. This was done using
Tarzan’s Grip, after which the valve
pins were cleaned using Inox spray.
The valves were then refitted in their
sockets.
Next, all the moving parts associated
with the dial mechanism and tuning
gang were lubricated with light machine oil. The bearings on the tuning
gang are hard to get at so I used a small
hypodermic syringe partially filled
with oil to do the job.
Electronic work
Having cleaned the set up, it was
time to restore the chassis to working
order. First, the top cap lead to the
6A7 had perished, so this was replaced
with a short length of hook-up wire. I
then looked at the two 8μF electrolytic
capacitors on the HT line and found
that both were encased in black, heatshrink tubing.
The previous restorer had obviously
replaced these but had used radial lead
capacitors instead of the original axial
lead units. As a result, he had converted the replacement units to axial
siliconchip.com.au
types by soldering a length of wire onto
the negative terminal and extending
it down the side of each capacitor. He
had then fitted them with heatshrink
to hold the leads in place.
This worked but it was impossible
to read the capacitor values and ratings. I peeled back the heatshrink and
found that they were both 10μF 450V
units. These are quite adequate for
the job, so they were left in place and
the heatshrink refitted (I always like
to check the voltage ratings of filter
capacitors).
The power cord had also been replaced by the previous restorer but
the installation was rather crude and
not up to current safety standards.
The earth had been soldered to the
chassis and the cord had been tied in
a knot to secure it which is now illegal. These problems were corrected
by fitting a cable clamp and securely
bolting the earth lead to the chassis
via a crimp lug.
The top of the chassis
is tightly packed with
various parts. The
valves are easy to access
but the tuning gang and
dial assembly can only
be accessed by removing
the speaker bracket
assembly.
Switching on
Before plugging a restored set into
the power socket, it’s always wise
to make a few basic checks. In this
case, a quick check with a multimeter
revealed no shorts between the HT
line and the chassis or from mains to
chassis.
The mains wiring was also carefully
checked. That done, the set was powered up and the HT line monitored as
the set warmed up. During this time,
it’s also a good idea to observe the
valves for any signs of distress, such
as violet glows or sparks.
Following switch-on, the HT voltage across C16 rose to 400V and then
quickly settled back to 350V as the
valves warmed up. The voltage across
C15 settled down to around 250V,
so the HT voltages were all quite
normal.
Next, I connected an antenna and
found that stations could be tuned
in. However, the dial pointer could
not be tuned all the way to the lowfrequency end of the dial and the
tuning capacitor was not completely
closing at this end.
There is very little space between
the slide-rule dial scale, the dial drum
and the tuning gang so it was difficult
to see exactly what the problem was.
After some experimenting, I found
that I could manually assist the system
so that the gang fully closed but that
didn’t really solve the problem.
siliconchip.com.au
With the gang closed, the pointer
was repositioned so that it sat right
at the low-frequency end of the dial
scale. It now correctly moves between
each end of the dial scale but the tuning gang still doesn’t quite close at the
low-frequency end unless manually
assisted. This problem was left for
the owner to solve, as he is a fitter and
turner by trade.
I also found that the set would intermittently stop operating at around
600kHz. This is almost certainly due
to the stator and rotor plates of the
tuning gang shorting together at this
particular spot.
Unfortunately, the gang is extremely
difficult to get at, being underneath
the speaker assembly and behind the
valves. Even with a headset and a
torch, I made no headway with this
problem, despite bending the plates
slightly in an effort to clear the fault.
Once again, I’ll leave the owner to
remove the speaker assembly and fix
this particular problem.
Alignment
I had expected the alignment to be
spot-on but in practice, it was slightly
out. To correct this, I first connected
a signal generator via a low-value capacitor to the antenna lead and tuned
the receiver to the low-frequency end
of the dial. I then tuned the generator across the expected intermediate
frequency (IF) and it was nominally
at 456kHz.
Next, I disconnected the antenna
from the set and set the generator to
April 2009 83
This view shows the underside of the chassis before restoration. The paper capacitors had all previously been replaced,
along with the mains cord. The latter required further work, including the installation of a proper cord clamp to secure it
and securely bolting the earth wire to chassis via a crimp eyelet.
a low level so that little AGC action
would occur in the receiver. I then
tuned the IF transformers by ear and
was able to noticeably improve the
performance. You have to be careful
doing this though, as two of the trimmers are connected to the HT line!
The front-end tuned circuits were
next on the list. First, I tuned the set
to the low-frequency end of the dial
and manually assisted the dial-drive
system so that the gang completely
closed. The antenna was then reconnected and the output of the signal
generator attached to the insulated
antenna wire via a crocodile clip.
Next, I tuned the generator over the
500-600kHz range and found that the
set was not tuning down to 530kHz.
To correct this, I set the generator on
the low frequency side of the lowest
frequency the set would tune, then adjusted the oscillator padder for maximum response. This step was then
repeated, after which the set would
then tune down to 530kHz.
84 Silicon Chip
That done, I tuned to the other end
of the dial and found that the set would
only go to about 1500kHz. So, using
much the same technique as used at
the low-frequency end, I “walked”
the oscillator higher in frequency by
adjusting its trimmer so it would tune
to 1629kHz (a local Italian station).
In fact, the dial scale indicates that
the set should tune to somewhere
between 1600kHz and 1650kHz but
I don’t have any information on the
manufacturer’s exact specification.
Next, I went back to the lowfrequency end of the dial and readjusted the padder before repeating the
procedure at the high-frequency end.
The dial has a frequency scale as well
as station indications, which makes
tuning and alignment just that much
easier to accomplish.
Finally, aligning the antenna circuit
is easy – just tune the receiver to a
weak station at around 1400kHz and
adjust the antenna trimmer for best
performance.
At the end of these adjustments,
the set turned in a very good performance. In fact, it is amongst the best of
the era.
Summary
The Airzone 520/550 is a well-made
set with good performance and good
looks. It is somewhat less complicated
than many similar sets of the era but
Airzone certainly got the best out of
the circuit.
My only areas of criticism are the
difficulties in accessing the tuning
gang and the lack of clearance between
the dial drum, gang and slide-rule
dial (hence the trouble I had with the
system jamming at the low-frequency
end of the dial). Even so, these problems can be sorted out if someone
is prepared to spend a few hours on
the set.
In summary, this is a radio from
one of the lesser-known manufacturers and is well worth having in your
SC
collection.
siliconchip.com.au
Half Duplex with
HopeRF “TTL” HM-TR
UHF data transceivers
By STAN SWAN
Our introductory second-generation UHF data transceiver
article in October 2008 showed that using a PICAXE
to drive HopeRF’s HM-TR 433MHz programmable data
transceivers works well. In subsequent months, these
well-priced units have become very popular!
F
OR THOSE WHO have just come
in, these Chinese-made UHF FSK
data transceivers, selling locally for
~$25 (via MicroZed, the Australian
PICAXE distributors) offer tempting
programmable features in a 6-pin SIP
“one-stop” package. They have been
found well-suited to more professional 433MHz ISM applications.
Thanks to a quality-fitted antenna
socket, even the supplied “rubber
ducky” antenna allows line-of-sight
(LOS) ranges of up to 1km, with performance in demanding conditions
superior to cheap classic individual
433.92MHz transmitter/receiver offerings – many of which unfortunately
have insensitive receivers.
Conditions in crowded Asian cities
apparently favour the 433MHz UHF
band for the likes of slow wireless
utility data from water and electrical
SUPPLIED
“RUBBER DUCK”
ANTENNA
CON1
D9 (TO
PC SERIAL
PORT)
6
7
8
9
1
I/O
PINS
(CHANNELS)
2
3
5
10k
SERIAL
PROGRAMMING
LEAD
22k
HOPERF HM-TR
UHF DATA TRANSCEIVER
(TTL VERSION BEST)
ANT
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
2
1
7
IC1
3
6
PICAXE-08M
4
8
0
ENABLE CONTROL
1
5
DTX
4.5V5V
SUPPLY
DRX
2
330
8
ENABLE
STATUS
LED
4
1
Fig.1: This simple PICAXE-08M circuit gives half duplex control of the HMTR 433MHz data transceiver and has very low hibernation current.
siliconchip.com.au
meters. Microwave level 2.4GHz data
links do not have the necessary punchthrough for numerous obstacles and so
quickly suffer attenuation.
We focused on the more versatile
RS232 versions in the initial SILICON
CHIP article but this month the “barebones” TTL transceiver types will
be considered. These TTL versions
offer very low (µA level) supply current “sleep” benefits and may also be
slightly cheaper, as a MAX232 IC is
not fitted to them.
However, even before “on-air” data
transceiver use, initial set-up configuration of these HM-TR/TTL units
requires logic level conversion and
inversion.
Although still referred to as TTL
(Transistor Transistor Logic), modern
low-power consumption circuitry is
now largely CMOS-based and operates in the logic range of 0V to +5V,
with increasingly +3.3V or even lower
values emerging.
Classic RS-232 signals use negative
voltages (as great as -15V) to represent
a logic high, with logic lows covering
a range to perhaps +15V. However,
many laptops, especially when battery operated, have much lower serial
voltages.
In contrast, TTL assigns 0 to ~1V as
logic low and signals ~2-5V as a high.
True RS232 signal levels are thus far
too great for TTL electronics and the
April 2009 85
Transmitter (TX) frequency deviation and receiver (RX) bandwidths
may especially be worth investigating
– narrow TX and wide RX bandwidths
have shown merit. Power level attenuations (PA) however may be academic,
as at only 5mW the maximum TX
output is hardly going to burn holes
in the ether!
Although data can be fed at a
standard PICAXE 2400 bps, reducing
the “on air” data transmission rates
may also improve communications
under noisy conditions. The modules transparently handle any speed
conversions but buffering issues (just
32 bytes) may arise in some configurations. EXPERIMENT!
Application
Solderless prototyping (with the PICAXE-08M in its now standard breadboard
layout) suits HM-TR evaluation. Add-on transducers, such as a DS18B20 or
LDR, can easily be monitored as well. Two identical set-ups are needed for halfduplex operation.
“high” negative RS232 voltage can’t
be handled at all.
Consequently, TTL serial data requires logic level conversions when
presented to an RS232 interface and
lows and highs also must be inverted,
meaning logic 1 becomes 0 and vice
versa.
RS232-TTL level converting circuits
abound, with TI/Maxim’s purposebuilt MAX232 16-pin dual driver/
receiver IC long recognised as the
standard approach (see Fig.2). However, this high-performance IC can be
an overkill for pedestrian needs such
as ours, especially since we’re only
occasionally dealing with a handful
of settings at 9600 bps.
As only half the MAX232 is needed
for the HM-TR/TTL set-up, Maxim’s
8-pin DS275 line-powered RS232
transceiver IC may appeal instead.
This derives power from the data
line itself and provides a lower cost
and extremely low-power serial port
interface.
Of course, such specialised ICs are
often just the thing that your stockist
will be fresh out of when you want
one!
Rest easy: numerous discrete conversion “poor man’s” workarounds
have evolved, typically using NPN/
PNP transistors or 2N7000 N-FETs.
The simple 2 x NPN discrete approach
86 Silicon Chip
suggested by a fellow Kiwi has shown
itself to be very effective and should
appeal to those on skinflint budgets
(see Fig.3).
Inverting the logic sign can be easily
handled during later PICAXE HopeRF
TTL communications with T2400
“true” style signals (which idle high),
rather than N2400 “inverted” serial.
PICAXE serial code will then be in the
form SEROUT 2,T2400,b0.
Because set-up of the TTL HM-TR’s
may be just an infrequent need, it’s
suggested that a simple dedicated
programming breadboard be used.
Final RF PC board circuitry can have a
6-pin in-line socket fitted for the HMTR, allowing the data transceiver to be
lifted out and configured externally on
this breadboard as needed.
Such a versatile approach additionally allows use of new software that’s
on HopeRF’s menu.
The HM-TR setup program (recently
upgraded to Ver 1.1 and now featuring
English as the default language), can
be downloaded from their website
www.hoperf.com/rf_fsk.asp
Aside from occasional reports of
these HM-TR modules resetting themselves (perhaps due to power supply
removal during data handling) and
thus needing reprogramming anyway,
numerous “cut and try” transceiver
set-up tweaks are available.
Naturally these TTL units could
be just used as a convenient “one
stop” package for either simple data
transmission or reception but their
unified capabilities are better suited
for something more demanding than
such simplex work!
Two transceiver units set up identically can enter into a half duplex relationship, much in the classic two-way
radio, one-at-a-time style of “Hello 1
this is 2, can you hear me, over”.
Abundant scope exists for considerable half-duplex tinkering of course,
just as in the radio analogy where
issues such as band watching, time
scheduling, power supply drain, interference and simultaneous use of
the channel may arise.
The introductory example shown
here, using a popular high-level PIC
AXE-08M microcontroller, involves
sending a simple transmitter beacon,
composed of the usual SEROUT
ASCII “U” (10101010) wake-up and
a qualifier (“ttl”). When the PICAXE
controlled receiver awakens and receives this, an acknowledgement is
sent in return.
At this point, the units swap roles,
with the original transmitter (and
PICAXE) then hibernating at µA
level currents. It’s quite entertaining
to watch the units talking to each
other “ping pong” style like this but
serious data (such as temperatures
from a DS18B20) could instead be sent
and verified.
As the educational PICAXEs have a
non-timed-out SERIN command, the
units could hang up awaiting serial
data. A simple pre-data alert has been
instigated with the PULSIN command,
siliconchip.com.au
as this pulse-measuring command
usefully does time out.
In the code example shown, the
duration is of trivial interest, as it’s the
complete absence of any pulse that’s
being used to cycle the beacon loop.
Only when something is detected
does the program move to SERIN data
reception.
Naturally, the approach is not foolproof as it stands, since 433MHz
channel noise may be interpreted as
a data signal.
Scope may exist to define the PULSIN variables exactly for the nature
of the data. Both units by chance may
just fall into SERIN at the same moment, perhaps if one is moving, thus
uselessly awaiting signals from each
other as well.
Discharging a supply capacitor resistor combination, so that a PICAXE
reset eventually occurs, may help
break out of this. A 1µF capacitor and
1MΩ resistor have a time constant
(CR) of 1s, so after five time constants
(5s) the capacitor will be virtually
discharged – this is explored in a
case study.
As well as such explorations, readers are encouraged to modify the
example with suitable SLEEP and
PAUSE commands, in a quest to perhaps minimise supply current drain.
The exact approach depends on
16
1 F
2
4
1 F
D9 SERIAL
TO PC
RUNNING
HOPE-RF
HM-TR
SETUP
PROGRAM
9
8
7
6
1
2
3
4
C1+
C1–
V2+
MAX232
5
RS-232
+
V+
V–
C2–
1
3
6
4.5V
--5V
SUPPLY
13
12
14
11
7
10
DTX
9
DRX
TTL
CMOS
8
5
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 F
15
Fig.2: initial TTL transceiver set-up requires logic level conversion, readily
handled by a standard MAX232. The normal PICAXE 3-wire programming
lead can be used.
Fig.3: TTL-RS232
level conversion/
inversion can
also be simply
achieved with two
NPN transistors
such as BC547s.
Resistor values are
not critical, with
typical PICAXE
“junk box” values
just used here.
Refer to the
resource website 330
for a breadboard
layout.
SUPPLIED
“RUBBER DUCK”
ANTENNA
ON
HOPE-RF HM-TR
ANT
UHF DATA TRANSCEIVER
TTL VERSION (NO MAX-232)
1 2 3 4 5 6
4.5V
CON1
D9 (TO
PC SERIAL
PORT)
330
10k
B
GP NPN
TRANSISTORS
HopeRF’s upgraded
set-up utility
now has English
default and a
progress panel.
Serial at 2400,8,N,1
with narrow TX
deviation and wide
RX bandwidth
was used but
experimentation
is encouraged!
Slower “on air”
data rates may give
greater range.
siliconchip.com.au
ANT
HOPERF HM-TR
UHF DATA TRANSCEIVER
(TTL VERSION - NO MAX232)
1 F
C
C
E
E
1
2
3
B
10k
4
5
9
8
7
6
SERIAL
PROGRAMMING
LEAD
the application, as a battery-powered
receiver could be hibernating for
many hours, while a mains-powered
transmitter (with no battery concerns
and drawing ~30mA) could be sending
beacons frequently.
Low duty cycles are typical with
wireless telemetry in fact, as temperatures, humidity data or water levels
may only change slowly. Perhaps data
may even be stored in non-volatile
memory for “store and forward” bulk
sending when convenient.
In such a case, receiver batteries
may last years (approximating shelf
life) or a simple solar panel energiser
SC
could be used.
Resources, code and case studies are
hosted at www.picaxe.orconhosting.
net.nz/hoperf.htm
April 2009 87
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
dsPIC programming
capability
Is the “Low-Cost Programmer For
dsPICs & PICs” that appeared in the
May 2008 issue capable of programming PIC16C745 OTP chips? (J. B.,
Ballarat, Vic).
• No, the dsPIC Programmer does
not support the PIC16C745. The main
reason is that WinPIC (the PC freeware
program used with the dsPIC programmer) does not support it.
We suggest you look at the PIC
18F2550 which is pin-for-pin compatible with the 16C745, as a suitable
replacement. It has USB 2.0 rather than
1.1 and is flash-based (not OTP). It also
has more memory and better specs all
round, as it is a newer design. And the
dsPIC programmer can program most
of the 18F series.
Variable boost
controller
I purchased the Variable Boost Controller (SILICON CHIP, February 2007)
to fit to my car but I did not realise it
needs to see a signal from the ECU.
My ECU does not control the boost
solenoid in my car. I was hoping I
could hook this kit up with +12V and
it would operate correctly but after
making it and reading the paperwork,
it seems I am mistaken. Please let me
know how to hook this kit up without
an ECU signal. (C. W., via email).
• The input signal to the Variable
Boost Controller can be from the pulse
width modulated signal that controls
the boost control solenoid. The Variable Boost Controller intercepts the
signal. Note that the Variable Boost
Controller is suited to electronic controllers, not electromechanical.
Using a fuel mixture
display on a motorbike
After reading your November 2008
edition of SILICON CHIP am I able to do
the following with the Wideband Fuel
Display Mixture Kit?
(a) Use it as a standalone unit to
tune the carburettor on a motorbike?
I would add an extension pipe into
the exhaust and drill a narrow-band
oxygen sensor into it.
(b) Use my car’s battery and earthing
point to provide power and earth or
could I use a battery? And what type?
Is this possible?
I have seen some standalone kits for
Quiescent Current Setting Problem
I have just completed two 120W
LD amplifier modules (SILICON CHIP,
August & September 2008). However, even with the 47Ω resistor in
Q7’s emitter I cannot get anywhere
near 7-10mV across any of the 0.1Ω
emitter resistors; mine all read
around 2.5mV, with 30mV across
the speaker terminals.
The rail voltage is ±55.8V and the
voltage across the diodes (Q10 & Q11
base) is OK at 2.28V. All other circuit
voltages read fine as per the article
and the modules seem to work OK
and both modules are exactly the
same.
Are there any updates to this
88 Silicon Chip
project? (M. H., Windsor, Canada).
• The low quiescent current is possibly due to one of the transistors
Q12-Q15 having a higher than normal base-emitter voltage. Although
since the quiescent current in both
amplifiers is the same, it is probable
that with the batch of transistors
you are using, all devices exhibit a
slightly higher than normal B-E voltage compared to the ones we used.
You could try a lower emitter
resistor value for Q7, say, 43Ω or
39Ω for a 14mA or 15mA current
flow through DQ12-DQ15 and a
dissipation of 767mW or 846mW
respectively, in Q7 and Q9.
$500 which is way too expensive for
a DIY’er like myself. (J. N., via email).
• You can use a narrow-band oxygen
sensor secured to an add-on tailpipe to
monitor the exhaust for stoichiometric mixture measurements. A heated
sensor would be required because
the tailpipe gases are not sufficiently
hot enough to bring the sensor up to
operating temperature.
You can power the heater for the
sensor from the bike supply or a separate battery but note that the sensor’s
heater may draw 3-4A of current. The
oxygen sensor ground would connect
to the display ground whether or not
you use separate power supplies for
the sensor and display.
We are developing a wideband
sensor controller that will be better
for tuning because it will work over
a wider range of air/fuel mixture and
be far more accurate.
Where to buy
rare earth magnets
Where can I buy rare earth magnets?
(A. B., North Mackay, Qld).
• Rare earth magnets are available
from Jaycar The catalog numbers are
LM-1652, LM-1622, LM-1618 and LM1620. Your closest store to Mackay is
Townsville (177 Ingham Rd West End)
or you can buy them via mail order or
online at www.jaycar.com.au
Logging water
tank level
I have built the Water Tank Level
Meter with the telemetry display unit
(SILICON CHIP, November 2007 to January 2008). The unit works very well
and I would like to take it to the next
level and have it log onto a PC via a
serial interface. Is there an easy way
to do this or does the PIC require additional code to provide a serial output?
Any help you could give would be
fantastic as we are keen to track water
usage. (B. T., Auckland. NZ).
• The Water Tank Level Meter was
not designed for data logging. It does
siliconchip.com.au
Problem With USB Sensing
I was reading the article on the
USB-Sensing Power Switch (SILICON
CHIP, January 2009) and I have a
query. With most desktop systems,
the system will boot if it receives a
valid data stream through either a
serial port (modem) or a USB port
(a broadband modem).
Those machines that connect to
ADSL modems through a network
port do not have this problem unless
the “wake up” option is turned on
in the mainboard’s BIOS. Personally,
I prefer to switch off my system at
the wall to prevent a USB startup
when I am out!
I have received a great many calls
regarding systems which start themselves up and in each case I have
found that a valid data stream into
a USB port has caused the system to
boot. I also check the mainboard’s
BIOS settings to locate an option to
prevent this but as yet, I have not
been able to locate this. For those
people who do turn off at the wall,
it is a good idea and it stops those
not have a separate output to just send
data periodically. However, the serial
output sent to the UHF transmitter
could be logged if required. This signal
includes the tank number and identity
codes, as well as the water level.
UPS solution for
momentary blackouts
I live in North Queensland and we
have a lot of lightning which often
causes momentary power fluctuations,
enough to cause computers to shut
down. My computer is set to automatically start up again in the event of a
power failure.
The problem I experience often is
that the computer will not start up
correctly or it hangs part way through
start up. This requires a power down
and restart and then all is OK.
How about a small project to overcome this problem; something that
will not allow the computer to restart
for maybe a five or 10-second delay
after a power outage? I use a power
filter but a UPS is over the top for my
requirements. (G. A., Tolga, Qld).
• One possibility would be to build
siliconchip.com.au
under or over-voltage issues and
switches the modem off as well.
This prevents inadvertent bootups and unauthorised access to the
system from the Internet. So many
people still have no firewall or antivirus protection and this leaves their
system wide open to abuse, especially if the system boots itself and
remains online during unattended
periods.
What do you think about this
or have you not confronted this
problem yet? (D. S., Maryborough,
Qld).
• We have not confronted this
problem. Presumably the problem
you describe arises when using
a modem connected directly to a
computer using a USB cable. Most
such modems would also provide
an Ethernet connection. In that case,
simply replace the USB connection
with an Ethernet one.
As you say, there is an option
to disable wake up on LAN (when
using Ethernet) but also because of
the Brownout Protector (SILICON CHIP,
December 2008) which will switch off
the load after a short delay. However,
a power outage causing a computer
shut-down is not good as data will be
lost and the computer may not shutdown correctly.
A UPS is really the best answer and
would not cost much more than the
Brownout Protector. Have a look at
Jaycar’s 650VA unit (Cat. MP-5200).
PC board wanted
for STK086 module
Recently I picked up a couple of
STK086 amplifier modules. I have
noted your comments previously in
answer to another question about the
poor performance of these modules
compared to the SC480, etc.
Even so, they are an option for a
quick amplifier, particularly for the
older person who has trouble soldering small components these days. I
wanted to ask if in your archives you
have projects using these and if there
is a PC board design for a basic unit as
per the data sheet? (P. E., via email).
• We have not produced any designs
the way NAT works on routers, this
problem cannot occur when using a
router. Most routers have firewalls
too and the option to enable MAC
address filtering.
Is this a problem with computers in the shut down (“OFF”) state
waking up or computers in some
other power-saving state? Does the
modem have a firewall? The answer
is to enable it.
Another option is to turn off the
modem rather than the computer or
have the modem controlled by the
USB Power Sensing Switch. In that
case, when you shut down your computer, the modem will lose power
within the timeout period, preventing a wake-up event (unless it occurs
within that time window).
Most modern operating systems
like Windows have firewalls too,
which are by default enabled, so
apart from it being a nuisance that
the computers are waking up, security should, in principle, not be
compromised.
based on the STK086. However, we
did produce a number of designs
based on the National Semiconductor LM3786/3886 series devices back
in 1995. We also featured designs on
the National Semiconductor LM1875
20W chip and the Philips TDA1562Q
bridge amplifier. All of these give
better performance than the STK086.
Zener diode
connection confusion
I have bought the Jacob’s Ladder kit
(SILICON CHIP, April 2007). I noticed in
the construction process (I have not
added the coil yet) that diode ZD1 is
shown incorrectly on the circuit board.
The ‘A’ and ‘K’ seem to be at the wrong
ends. It caught me out and maybe it
might catch others out.
I think that anyone writing in with
problems with the kit might benefit by
being informed of this in case they use
the ‘A’ and ‘K’ to position their diodes.
(D. R., via email).
• The A & K markings on the zener
diode are correct. This is a point that
tricks many people.
Consider that a zener diode is conApril 2009 89
Measuring Light Pollution From The Moon
With quite simple equipment (see
links below) a few amateurs may
have succeeded in observing North
American street light reflected from
the Moon’s surface. The idea may be
worth considering by SILICON CHIP.
Simple equipment and powerful
PC processing of signals make an
interesting mix. I suspect York Optical in Melbourne have the optical
BP filters (or would import and stock
ones from Edmund Scientific, if a
project was published). Programs
to process the audio in the PC and
to get correct observing times still
need a little research. (T. L., Wellington, NZ).
http://www.bluehaze.com.au/modlight/modlightrx.htm
http://www.mgte.com/laser/
proof%20of%20civilization-1.pdf
• This is an intriguing concept but
one with which it would be very difficult to get reliable results. We cannot see how you could get a reliable
reflected 120Hz signal anywhere in
America since the lighting systems
will be spread over three phases
and so the strongest signal should
be at 360Hz.
The first step in doing any such
nected so that it has reverse current
flow, from cathode (K) to anode (A)
when its voltage rating is exceeded. If
you reverse the connection of the zener
diode it will function like a normal
diode with a voltage drop of about
0.7V. Thus you will get no supply to
the 555 timer IC and the 10Ω resistor
will burn out.
Running a drill
from a PC supply
In December 1998 there was an
article on converting old PC power
supplies into handy 13V supplies. I
constructed a few of these and have
found them handy for all sorts of uses. I
recently tried running a cordless drill/
screwdriver from one of these supplies
but it just shuts down immediately on
switching on the drill.
It’s a shame that we throw out these
drills when the Nicads invariably fail
after a couple of years and new rechargeable sub-C cells cost twice what
90 Silicon Chip
test would be to see if the whole
instrumentation set-up was completely free of 120Hz and 360Hz
residual signals. This would be very
difficult since the computer set-up
shown would be run from mains
power or a 60Hz inverter.
Second, it would be necessary to
ensure that there was no sky pickup
of light pollution from nearby cities.
That implies a very remote, dark
location with very good “seeing”
and no clouds in the sky.
Finally, as suggested in the article,
the best time to do such a test would
be during an eclipse!
In Australia (and we presume NZ),
most street and building lighting is
via high-pressure mercury or fluorescent lamps. There certainly is high
and low-pressure sodium discharge
lighting being used but it is a fairly
small component. Therefore, using
the narrow-band sodium optical filter would make the test impractical
in the Antipodes.
In any case, we already know that
cities cause considerable light pollution which is wastefully radiated in
the sky. You only have to note how
bright it is on a cloudy night!
a new drill does. The supply will run
a load of 8A at 13.3V which should be
plenty for the drill. (T. C., via email).
• It probably does not like the commutated load presented by the brush
motor. Try a big electro, say 10,000μF
25V, at the output of the supply.
SC480 power
supply change
I’m building the power supply for
the SC480 50W amplifier. I require a
±12V supply rather than the ±15V one
provided. I wish to know how to do
this. Can I use a 12V zener diode rather
than the 15V one? (A. P., via email).
• A 1W zener diode such as a 15V
type can accept a maximum of 66.6mA
for 1W dissipation. Generally you
would run the zener at 33mA or less
so that it doesn’t run too hot. Similarly, a 12V 1W zener can be run at
83mA maximum for 1W dissipation
but generally it would be run at 40mA
or less.
For the 40V SC480 supply, the 12V
zener alternative would draw (40V
- 12V)/1.1kΩ or 25mA. The parallel
2.2kΩ resistors would dissipate about
343mW each. This is OK.
Check that the 12V supply is maintained when connected to the circuit
that is powered from this. You can alter
the two 2.2kΩ 1W resistor values for
more current if the supply is not maintained at 12V under load. Two 1.8kΩ
1W resistors would allow a maximum
of 31mA through the zener diode.
Power supply for
external DVD drive
I have an external DVD burner with
a switchmode power supply with
outputs of 12V DC at 2A and 5V DC at
2A. I have had to replace this power
supply twice.
Have you described a circuit which
can be used to power an external DVD
burner? A normal transformer power
supply may be more reliable. Would
such a power supply also be suitable
for use with an external hard drive?
(R. M., via email).
• While a normal transformer power
supply with linear regulators may be
more reliable, we have not produced
such a design. Such a design would
also be much larger, dissipate a lot
more heat from its linear regulators
and probably be quite a bit more expensive. We don’t think it is worth
doing as a project.
TV logo
blanker wanted
Is there any possibility of producing
a circuit for blanking out the extremely
annoying banners at the bottom of
TV screens. It would need to have a
couple of controls to move the blanking pattern (preferably, just a black
box) around the screen and perhaps
to change the size of it. A small RF
generator to allow connection via the
antenna (eg, channel 34 or whatever)
would be excellent. (C. R., Tuebingen,
Germany).
• We have discussed this topic in the
past. Such a project would require a
video field store so that the logo blanking signal could be properly mixed
with the program video signal. You
could not simply couple a blanker
signal in via an RF modulator.
In fact, it is extremely difficult to
get rid of these semi-transparent logos
siliconchip.com.au
Adjusting Sensors For A Pump Controller
I just built the Pump Controller
for a solar hot water system and am
having a problem with the sensors
not performing as described. When
I apply an increase in temperature
to sensor 2, I get the desired results
but not from sensor 1. All the components check out OK.
As I understand it, sensor1 is
installed on the roof panels and sensor2 on the water tank. (N. K., Oak
Ridge, Tennessee).
used by all the TV networks these days.
Even the networks have problems doing this, as evidenced by the smudged
logo effect seen on some SBS news
items where they have evidently been
sourced from other networks.
12V to 24VAC
inverter required
I’m interested in installing an irrigation system with solenoid valves for
my fruit trees and vegie patch near my
water tank. The problem is that there is
no power there and irrigation systems
require 24VAC.
Have you published a 12VDC to 24V
AC inverter so people can install an
irrigation system from a basic standalone solar powered system remote
from their house? (S. L., via email).
• We have not produced such a
project and we think there would be
relatively little demand for it. One way
would be to use a standard low-power
12VDC - 240VAC inverter in conjunction with a step-down transformer
to obtain 24VAC. Jaycar or Altronics
•
We presume you mean the Pump
Controller For Solar Hot Water Systems which was published in Circuit
Notebook of the March 2002 issue.
Both sensor 1 and sensor 2 are
LM335Z temperature sensors and
so both should provide the same
reading at the same temperature.
With higher temperature on a sensor, the voltage should rise between
its + and - terminals. If not, make
sure the - terminal is at ground and
the + terminal is connected to the
(nominal) 12V supply via the 8.2kΩ
resistor.
Each trimpot should be set about
midway. Winding trimpot VR1 or
VR2 fully clockwise or fully anticlockwise will cause the corresponding sensor to operate incorrectly.
Typically, each sensor should
have 2.98V between its + and - terminals at 25°C. Adjust VR1 and VR2
so that each sensor reading is correct.
Notes & Errata
Theremin MK2, March 2009: two
470μF capacitors are used in the
circuit. The 25V capacitor on the
parts layout diagram is the one just
above REG1.
In addition, the 100kΩ resistor
shown connected from the base of
Q4 to 9V on both the circuit and layout diagrams is incorrect. It should
be 330kΩ. This resistor is located
between the two top earth terminals
of transformers T3 and T4.
Finally, the parts list should show
10 100nF MKT capacitors (not 8).
Time Delay Photoflash Trigger,
February 2009: on page 72, the paragraph on step 17, referring to setting
links LK1-LK4 should be ignored.
This paragraph referred to an earlier
version of the circuit.
should be able to supply you with
everything you need.
Alternatively, have a look at the
GPS Synchronised Clock, March
2009: the circuit for experimenting
with the GPS module (Fig.4) should
include a 4.7kΩ resistor in series between pin 12 of the MAX232 IC and
pin 3 of the GPS module. In addition,
there should be a 10kΩ resistor from
pin 3 of the GPS module to ground.
Without these modifications the EM408 GPS module may be damaged
by excessive voltage on pin 3 (serial
data input).
Also, the set-up cable for connecting the clock controller to a PC had
the tip and ring of the phono plug
swapped compared to the standard
download cable used by Revolution
Education. The PC board and cable
shown in Fig.3 will work correctly
as described but the cable is not
suitable for programming PICAXEs.
solar-powered fountain driver in the
Circuit Notebook pages of the March
SC
2009 issue.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles. When
working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other
high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability
for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of SILICON
CHIP magazine.
Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON CHIP disclaims any liability for the
infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any
liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to
the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 91
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
siliconchip.com.au
A
pril
2009 93
Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
Call
(02) 9939
3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Place
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in SILICON CHIP
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $29.50 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 85 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $54.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your name, address & credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post
to Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
94 Silicon Chip
FOR SALE
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au; www.rcsradio.com.au
LEDs! NICHIA SUPERBRIGHT LEDs,
Cree XR-E and 5mm LEDs, Avago
(HP) LEDs, many other standard and
superbright brand name LEDs. Plus,
see our new range of nixie clocks! www.
ledsales.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
TECH REPAIRS SERVICE MANUALS
www.techrepairs.org – thousands of
downloadable service manuals for all
brands, makes and models including
PDP, LCD, VCR, DVD, CTV, Vintage
Radio, Laptops, Monitors, Vacuum
Cleaners, Washing Machines, Dryers,
Fridges and many more. An absolute
must have website for any Tech!
WANTED
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
Croydon, Melbourne. (03) 9723 3860.
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
. . . continued on page 96
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea? If so,
sketch it out, write a brief description of
its operation & send it to us. Provided
your idea is workable & original, we’ll
publish it in Circuit Notebook & you’ll
make some money. We pay up to $60
for a good circuit so send your idea to:
Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
Battery Packs & Chargers
PRINTED
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Prompt Response
Reliable Service
On-Time Delivery
Tested Products
Outstanding Quality
Satisfaction Guaranteed
1/2/3/5/7 Day Deliveries
Also
Nameplates, Engraving
Builders Plates Screenprints
Membranes
Siomar Battery Engineering
www.batterybook.com
Phone (08) 9302 5444
96 Malcolm Rd, Braeside Vic 3195
Tel: 03 9588 2828
Fax: 03 9588 2818
Email: sales<at>pcbeze.com
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
C O N T R O L S
Tough times
demand innovative solutions!
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
Made in Australia,
by OEMs
SPK360
3/5/06used1:10
PM world-wide
Page 1
splat-sc.com
QUEST
®
Quest AV®
VGA Splitter
VGS2
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
www.grantronics.com.au
20 years experience!
HQ VGA
Cables
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Available Aust. only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7
p&p per order (includes GST). Just fill in and
mail the handy order form in this issue; or
fax (02) 9939 2648; or call (02) 9939 3295 and
quote your credit card number.
Buy five and get them postage free!
siliconchip.com.au
®
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
Keep your copies safe with
these handy binders
QUESTRONIX
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
SPK360
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
Looking for real
performance?
• Learn about
From the publish
ers of
engine manage
ment systems
• Projects to
Intelligent
control nitrous,
fuel injection
TURBO BO
OST
and turbo boost
engine
systems
• Switch devices on and off
according to signal frequency, temp
erature & voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel
injector duty cycle, fuel mixtures and
brake & temperature
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl.
GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. See www.siliconchip.com.au for
ordering details.
turbo timer
I SBN 0958522
94
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS
P&P
9 78095
8
-4
522946
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
& nitrous fuel
controllers
How
management
works
April 2009 95
Do you eat,
breathe
and sleep
TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities exist for
experienced Sales Professionals
& Store Management across
Australia & NZ
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian owned, international
retailer with more than 60 stores in Australia and New Zealand. Due
to our aggressive expansion program we are seeking dedicated sales
professionals to join our retail team to assist us in achieving our goals. We
pride ourselves on technical expertise from our staff. Do you think that the
following statements describe you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of core electronics, particularly at a component level
Retail experience, highly regarded
Assemble projects or kits yourself for your car, computer, audio etc
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys helping people
Opportunities for future advancement and development
Why not do something you love and get paid for it?
Please email us your applicaton & CV in PDF format, including location
preference. We offer a competitive salary, sales incentive and have a
generous staff purchase policy. Applications should be emailed to
jobs <at> jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an Equal Opportunity Employer
& actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
RFMA
SUPER
SCIENCE FAIR
EDITION!
Advertising Index
Altronics..................................... 72-75
Amateur Scientist CDs.................. IBC
Av-Comm........................................ 13
Dick Smith Electronics............... 20-21
Emona Instruments........................... 5
Front Panel Express.......................... 8
Grantronics..................................... 95
Harbuch............................................ 9
Instant PCBs................................... 95
RF Modules Australia
Low Power Wireless Connectivity Specialists
Applications: Parani-SD100
Laptop/PDA
Bluetooth Serial Adapter
OEM Bluetooth Module
comms,
control In Stock NOW!
In Stock NOW!
AT Interface & measurement. Range 100m to 1Km
Rural
No drivers
Power: +18dBm
Class 1
Industrial
Range of upto 1Km
Data rate: upto 115200bps
Bluetooth Spec: V2.0+EDR
Commercial
SENA: OEM Bluetooth Modules and Serial Adapters
Parani-ESD1000
RF Modules Australia. P.O. Box 1957 Launceston, TAS., 7250.
Ph: 03-6331-6789. Email: sales<at>rfmodules.com.au. Web: rfmodules.com.au
Jaycar..............................IFC,45-52,96
Keith Rippon................................... 96
LED Sales....................................... 94
Microgram Computers...................... 3
MicroZed Computers........................ 6
Ocean Controls............................... 69
Ozitronics........................................ 55
PCBCART......................................... 8
PCBEZE.......................................... 95
Quest Electronics............................ 95
RCS Radio...................................... 94
RF Modules.............................OBC,96
KIT ASSEMBLY
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith 0409 662 794.
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
DOWNLOAD OUR
CATALOG at
www.iinet.net.au/~worcom
RF Power........................................ 10
WORLDWIDE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PO Box 631, Hillarys, WA 6923
Ph: (08) 9307 7305 Fax: (08) 9307 7309
Email: worcom<at>iinet.net.au
Silicon Chip Bookshop............... 92-93
Sesame Electronics........................ 94
Silicon Chip Binders........................ 29
SC Perf. Elect. For Cars.................. 95
Silicon Chip Order Form................. 30
Siomar Battery Industries............... 95
NOW
AVAILABLE
FROM
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Soundlabs Group.............................. 9
Speakerbits..................................... 95
Splat Controls................................. 95
Switchmode Power Supplies........... 55
Tech Repairs................................... 94
Tekmark Australia........................... 29
Truscotts Electronic World............... 94
Vicom................................................ 7
Project Reprints – Limited Back Issues –Limited One-Shots
Wagner Electronics......................... 57
If you’re looking for a project from ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA, you’ll find it at SILICON CHIP!
We can now offer reprints of all projects which have appeared in Electronics Australia, EAT,
Electronics Today, ETI or Radio, TV & Hobbies. First search the EA website indexes for the
project you want and then call, fax or email us with the details and your credit card details.
Reprint cost is $9.50 per article ($A13.00 overseas) – ie, 2-part projects cost $19.00.
SILICON CHIP subscribers receive a 10% discount.
Worldwide Elect. Components........ 96
visit www.siliconchip.com.au or www.electronicsaustralia.com.au
96 Silicon Chip
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON CHIP
designs can be obtained from RCS
Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738 0330.
Fax (02) 9738 0334.
siliconchip.com.au
STIC
FANTAIDEA
GIFT UDENTS
FOR SFT ALL
O S!
AGE
THEAMATEUR SCIENTIST
An incredible CD with over 1000 classic projects
from the pages of Scientific American,
covering every field of science...
NEW VERSION 4 –
JUST RELEASED!
GET THE LATEST
VERSION NOW!
Arguably THE most IMPORTANT collection
of scientific projects ever put together!
This is version 4, Super Science Fair Edition
from the pages of Scientific American.
As well as specific project material, the CDs
contain hints and tips by experienced amateur
scientists, details on building
science apparatus, a large
database of chemicals and
so much more.
ONLY
62
$
00
PLUS $10 Pack and Post
within Australia
NZ P&P: $AU12.00,
Elsewhere: $AU18.00
“A must for every science student,
science teacher, science lab . . . or simply
for those with an enquiring mind . . .”
Just a tiny selection of the incredible range of projects:
! Build a seismograph to study earthquakes ! Make soap bubbles that last for
months ! Monitor the health of local streams ! Preserve biological specimens !
Build a carbon dioxide laser ! Grow bacteria cultures safely at home ! Build a
ripple tank to study wave phenomena ! Discover how plants grow in low gravity !
Do strange experiments with sound ! Use a hot wire to study the crystal structure
of steel ! Extract and purify DNA in your kitchen !Create a laser hologram ! Study
variable stars like a pro ! Investigate vortexes in water ! Cultivate slime moulds !
Study the flight efficiency of soaring birds ! How to make an Electret ! Construct
fluid lenses ! Raise butterflies as experimental animals ! Study the physics of
spinning tops ! Build an apparatus for studying chaotic systems ! Detect metals in
air, liquids, or solids ! Photograph an ant's brain and nervous system ! Use
magnets to make fluids into solids ! Measure the metabolism of an insect . . . !
and many, many more (a thousand more, in fact!)
See the V2 review in SILICON CHIP, October 2004. . . or read on line at siliconchip.com.au
This is the ALL-NEW Version 4 . . . it’s even BETTER!
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-5 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
<at>
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
BY EMAIL:#
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
BY PAYPAL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
There’s also a handy order form inside this issue.
Exclusive in SILICON
Australia to: CHIP siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
April 2009 97
|